Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the+position+of+a+word+in+a+sentence

1 place

place [plas]

feminine noun

   a. ( = esplanade) square

• la place du marché the market square

• porter le débat sur la place publique to bring the discussion into the public arena

   b. ( = emplacement) place ; (assise) seat

• changer qch de place to move sth

• ça n'a pas changé de place it hasn't moved

• changer de place avec qn to change places with sb

• laisser sa place à qn to give up one's seat to sb ; (figurative) to hand over to sb

• prenez place take a seat

• prendre la place de qn to take sb's place ; ( = remplacer qn) to take over from sb

• trouver place parmi to find a place among

• place d'honneur place of honour

• places assises 20, places debout 40 seating capacity 20, standing passengers 40

• une tente à 4 places a tent that sleeps 4

• elle tient une grande place dans ma vie she means a great deal to me

   c. ( = espace) room ; ( = emplacement réservé) space

• prendre de la place to take up a lot of room

• faire de la place to make room

• gagner de la place to save space

• place de parking parking space

• j'ai trouvé de la place pour me garer I've found a parking place

• j'ai trois places dans ma voiture I've room for three in my car

• place aux jeunes ! make way for the younger generation!

• faire place nette to make a clean sweep

   d. ( = billet) seat ; ( = prix, trajet) fare

• réserver sa place to book one's seat

• il n'a pas payé sa place he hasn't paid for his seat

• payer place entière (au cinéma) to pay full price ; (dans le bus) to pay full fare

   e. ( = rang) il a eu une place de premier en histoire he was first in history

• l'entreprise occupe la seconde place sur le marché des ordinateurs the company ranks second in the computer market

• figurer en bonne place [personne] to be prominent

   f. ( = emploi) job ; [de domestique] position

• une place de serveuse a job as a waitress

• dans les médias, les places sont chères there's a lot of competition for jobs in the media

   g. (Military) place forte fortified town

• place d'armes parade ground

• s'introduire dans la place to get contacts on the inside

   h. (Finance) place boursière stock market

   i. (locutions)

► à la place ( = en échange) instead

► à la place de ( = au lieu de) instead of

• se mettre à la place de qn to put o.s. in sb's shoes► à sa etc place ( = à l'endroit habituel)

cette lampe n'est pas à sa place this lamp isn't in the right place

• remettre qch à sa place to put sth back where it belongs

• remettre qn à sa place to put sb in his place

• j'y suis allé à sa place I went instead of him

• je n'aimerais pas être à sa place I wouldn't like to be him

• à ma place, tu aurais accepté ? if you were me, would you have agreed?

• à votre place if I were you► en place

• il ne tient pas en place he's always fidgeting

• les gens en place influential people

• le pouvoir en place (maintenant) the current government ; (à l'époque) the government at the time

• être en place [plan] to be ready

• tout le monde est en place everyone is seated

• en place pour la photo ! everybody take up your positions for the photograph!

• mettre en place [+ service d'ordre] to deploy ; [+ mécanisme, dispositif] to install

• mise en place [de projet] setting up► sur place on the spot

• être sur place to be there

• se rendre sur place to go there

• les sauveteurs sont déjà sur place rescuers are already at the scene

• la situation sur place the situation on the ground

• vous trouverez des brochures sur place leaflets are available on site

• (à consommer) sur place ou à emporter ? sit in or take away?

* * *
plas
nom féminin

1) ( espace) room, space

laisser de la place — to leave enough space

2) (emplacement, espace défini) gén place; ( pour s'asseoir) seat

les dictionnaires ne sont pas à leur place — the dictionaries aren't where they should be

deux places pour ‘Le Lac des Cygnes’ — two tickets for ‘Swan Lake’

la place d'un mot dans une phrase — the position of a word in a sentence

il faut savoir rester à sa place — you must know your place

tenir une grande place dans la vie de quelqu'un — to play a large part in somebody's life

faire une large place à quelque chose — to put a lot of emphasis on something

notre travail laisse peu de place à l'imagination — our work leaves little room for the imagination

faire place à — to give way to

place aux jeunes or à la jeunesse! — lit, fig make way for the young!

il reste une place en première — there's one seat left in first class

une salle de 200 places — a 200 seat auditorium

payer sa place — (au cinéma, théâtre) to pay for one's ticket; ( dans un train etc) to pay one's fare

les places sont chères — fig ( parking difficile) parking spaces are hard to find; ( âpre concurrence dans l'emploi) jobs are hard to come by

prenez place — ( sur un siège) take a seat; ( chacun à son siège) take your seats; ( chacun à son poste) take your places

sur place — [aller] to the scene; [arriver] on the scene; [étudier] on the spot; [enquête] on-the-spot

on se retrouve sur place — we'll meet up there

ouvrage à consulter sur place — reference book

laisser quelqu'un sur place — to leave somebody standing

de place en place — here and there

divan à trois places — three-seater sofa

un parking de 500 places — a car park for 500 cars

3) ( dans un classement) place; ( dans un ordre) position

il est dans les premières places — he's up toward(s) the top

4) ( substitution)

à la place de — instead of, in place of

il a mis de la vodka à la place du cognac — he's used vodka instead of brandy

qu'aurais-tu fait à ma place? — what would you have done in my place?

(si j'étais) à ta place — if I were in your position ou shoes

je ne peux pas le faire à ta place! — I can't do it for you!

j'ai mis le vase à la place du cendrier — I put the vase where the ashtray was

5) ( situation définie)

en place — [système, structures] in place (après n); [troupes] in position (après n); [dirigeant, parti] ruling (épith)

les gens en place — the powers that be

ne plus tenir en place — to be restless ou fidgety

mettre en place — to put [something] in place [programme]; to put [something] in position [équipe]; to establish, to set up [réseau, institution]; to install [ligne téléphonique]

6) ( dans une agglomération) square

la place du village — the village square

la place du marché — the marketplace

7) Finance market

place financière — financial market

8) ( emploi) job

perdre sa place — to lose one's job

9) ( forteresse)

être dans la place — to be on the inside

être maître de la place — lit to be in control; fig to rule the roost

avoir un pied dans la place — fig to have a foot in the door

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- place d'armes

- place assise

- place forte

- place d'honneur

* * *
plas nf
1) [ville, village] square

la place du village — the village square

2) [train, cinéma, voiture] seat

Toutes les places ont été vendues. — All the seats have been sold.

Il n'a pas payé sa place. — He didn't pay for his ticket.

place assise — seat

Il y a vingt places assises. — There are 20 seats.

Il y a 20 places debout. — There is standing room for 20.

une quatre places AUTOMOBILES — a four-seater

3) (= endroit où l'on est assis) seat

la place d'honneur — the place of honour Grande-Bretagne the place of honor USA the seat of honour Grande-Bretagne the seat of honor USA

regagner sa place — to go back to one's seat

4) (= emplacement) place

une place pour chaque chose et chaque chose à sa place — a place for everything and everything in its place

5) (espace libre) room, space

ça prend de la place — it takes up a lot of room, it takes up a lot of space

faire de la place à — to make room for, to make space for

6) (place de stationnement) parking place

trouver une place — to find a parking place

Il ne reste plus de place pour se garer. — There's nowhere left to park.

7) (dans un classement) place

Vincent a eu la troisième place au concours. — Vincent got third place in the competition.

8) (= emploi) job

9) (autres locutions)

à la place de — instead of, in place of

à la place — instead

Il ne reste plus de tarte; désirez-vous quelque chose d'autre à la place? — There's no tart left; would you like something else instead?

remettre qn à sa place — to put sb in their place

remettre qch en place — to put sth back in its place

ne pas tenir en place — to be always on the go

de place en place — here and there, in places

par places — here and there, in places

sur place — on the spot

See:

surplace

faire place à — to give way to

prendre place — to take one's place

* * *

place nf

1 ( espace) room, space; avoir de la place to have room ou space (pour faire to do); il y a encore assez de place pour deux personnes/valises there's enough room ou space left for two people/suitcases; avoir la place de faire to have enough room ou space to do; prendre de la place to take up room ou space; (faire) perdre/gagner de la place to waste/to save space; faire de la place to make room ou space (à qn/qch for sb/sth; pour faire to do); se faire de la place to make room ou space for oneself; laisser de la place (pour une personne, un meuble) to leave enough room ou space; ( pour un écrit) to leave enough space; laisse-moi un peu de place pour leur écrire un mot leave me a bit of space to write them a few lines;

2 (emplacement, espace défini) gén place; ( pour s'asseoir) seat; chaque chose à sa place everything in its place; il est resté une heure à la même place he stayed in the same place for an hour; remettre qch à sa place to put sth back in its place; les dictionnaires ne sont pas à la bonne/à leur place the dictionaries aren't in the right place/where they should be; j'ai deux places pour ‘Le Lac des Cygnes’ I've got two tickets for ‘Swan Lake’; il reste une place en première there's one seat left in first class; laisse ta place à la dame! give the lady your seat!; est-ce que cette place est libre? is this seat free?; une salle de 200 places a 200 seat auditorium; j'ai eu une place gratuite I got a free seat; garde-moi ma place ( dans une file) keep my place; (dans un train, au cinéma) keep my seat; garde-moi une place (dans le train, au cinéma) keep me a seat; payer sa place (au cinéma, théâtre) to pay for one's ticket; Transp to pay one's fare; payer place entière (au cinéma, théâtre) to pay full price; Transp to pay full fare; les places sont chères fig ( parking difficile) parking spaces are hard to find; ( âpre concurrence dans l'emploi) jobs are hard to come by; prenez place ( sur un siège) take a seat; ( chacun à son siège) take your seats; ( chacun à son poste) take your places; prendre place ( s'asseoir) to take a seat; ( s'installer) [exposant, stand] to set up; [tireur, policier] to position oneself; ( s'intégrer) to take one's place; roman qui a pris place parmi les plus grands novel that has taken its place among the greatest; sur place [aller, envoyer, se rendre] to the scene; [arriver] on the scene; [être, trouver, sautiller, étudier] on the spot; [enquête, recherche, tournage] on-the-spot ( épith); de place en place here and there; voiture de quatre places four-seater car; divan à trois places three-seater sofa; ⇒ chasse;

3 ( emplacement pour se garer) parking place; appartement avec place de parking apartment with parking space; je n'ai pas trouvé de place pour or où me garer I couldn't find a parking space ou a place to park; un parking de 500 places a car park for 500 cars;

4 (rang dans un classement, la société) place; ( position dans un ordre) position; prendre la place de qn to take sb's place; prendre or obtenir la deuxième place to take second place (à in); il est dans les premières/dernières places he's up toward(s) the top/down toward(s) the bottom; la place d'un mot dans une phrase the position of a word in a sentence; se faire une place dans le monde de la finance to carve out a place for oneself in the world of finance; être en bonne place pour gagner/réussir to be well-placed ou in a good position to win/succeed; il occupe une place éminente he holds a very high position (à, dans in); chacun (à) sa place everyone should know his place; il faut savoir rester à sa place you must know your place; il n'est pas à sa place dans cette réception he looks out of place at this reception; je ne me sens pas à ma place dans ce milieu I feel out of place in this environment; remettre qn à sa place to put sb in his/her place; quelle place faire à l'art? what place can be afforded to art?; avoir sa place dans to deserve a place in; il n'y a pas de place pour eux dans notre système there is no place for them in our system; avoir une place à part or de choix dans to have a special place in; tenir une grande place/une place très importante dans la vie de qn to play a large part/a very important part in sb's life; donner or consacrer or faire une large place à qch to put a lot of emphasis on sth; la place croissante de l'environnement en politique the growing emphasis on the environment in politics; notre travail laisse peu de place à l'imagination our work leaves little room for the imagination; faire place à to give way to; place aux jeunes or à la jeunesse! lit, fig make way for the young!;

5 ( substitution) à la place de instead of, in place of; il a mis de la vodka à la place du cognac he's used vodka instead of brandy; il y a maintenant un comité à la place de l'ancien directeur there's now a committee in place of the former manager; ils sont partis/ont été récompensés à notre place they went/were rewarded instead of us; qu'aurais-tu fait à ma place? what would you have done in my place?; (si j'étais) à ta place if I were in your position ou shoes; mets-toi à leur place put yourself in their position ou shoes; téléphone-lui toi-même, je ne peux pas le faire à ta place! phone him yourself, I can't do it for you!; j'ai mis le vase à la place du cendrier I put the vase where the ashtray was; construire une école à la place de la gare ( où était la gare) to build a school where the station used to be; ( où était prévue la gare) to build a school where the station should have been; ( au lieu de) to build a school instead of a station;

6 ( situation définie) en place [système, structures] in place ( après n); [troupes] in position ( après n); [dirigeant, pouvoir, régime, parti] ruling ( épith); les gens en place the powers that be; nos hommes sont en place our men are in position; ne plus tenir en place to be restless ou fidgety; les enfants ne tiennent plus en place the children keep fidgeting; mettre en place to put [sth] in place [grillage, programme, règlement, stratégie]; to put [sth] in ou into position [satellite, troupes, équipe]; to establish, to set up [réseau, marché, régime, institution]; to install [ligne téléphonique, canalisations]; se mettre en place [plan, politique, système, structure] to be put in place; [forces, troupes, police] ( être mis en position) to be put in ou into position; ( soi-même) to position oneself; [réseau, marché, régime] to be established, to be set up; mise en place (de grillage, système, normes, services) putting in place; (de satellite, forces, d'équipe) positioning; (de réseau, marché, régime, d'institution) establishment, setting up; (de ligne téléphonique, canalisation) installation^GB; remettre en place to put [sth] back in place; on se retrouve sur place we'll meet up there; je suis sur place, je peux le faire I'm on the spot, I can do it; dépannage/inscriptions sur place on-the-spot repairs/registration; ouvrage à consulter sur place reference book; laisser qn sur place to leave sb standing;

7 ( dans une agglomération) square; la place du village the village square; sur la place Tiananmen/Rouge in Tiananmen/Red Square; la place de la Concorde the Place de la Concorde; la place du marché the marketplace;

8 Fin market; place financière financial market; sur la place parisienne or de Paris on the Paris market;

9 ( emploi) job; avoir une bonne place chez to have a good job with; perdre sa place to lose one's job; c'est une place très recherchée or demandée it's a highly sought-after job ou position; il y a des places à prendre there are good job opportunities;

10 ( forteresse) entrer dans la place to get in on the inside; être dans la place to be on the inside; être maître de la place lit to be in control; fig to rule the roost; se rendre maître de la place to take control; avoir un pied dans la place fig to have a foot in the door.

Composés

place d'armes Mil parade ground; place assise seat; place forte Mil fortified town; place d'honneur ( à table) place ou seat of honour^GB; la place publique the public; intéresser la place publique to interest the public; sur la place publique [célébrer, apprendre, entendre] in public; mettre or porter or étaler qch sur la place publique to bring sth out in the open [[information, projet].

Idiomes

je ne lâcherais or donnerais pas ma place pour un empire I wouldn't change places for the world ou for all the tea in China; une place pour chaque chose et chaque chose à sa place Prov a place for everything and everything in its place.

[plas] nom féminin

1. [espace disponible] space (substantif non comptable), room (substantif non comptable)

faire de la place to make room ou space

faites-lui une petite place give her a bit of room

il reste de la place pour quatre personnes there's enough space ou room left for four people

prendre de la place to take up a lot of space ou room

ne prends pas toute la place

a. [à table, au lit] don't take up so much room

b. [sur la page] don't use up all the space

laisser la ou faire place à to make room ou way for

la machine à écrire a fait place au traitement de texte wordprocessors have taken over from ou superseded typewriters

ce travail ne laisse aucune place à la créativité there's no place ou room for creativity in this kind of work

les anciens font place aux jeunes older people give way to the young generation

la musique tient une grande place dans ma vie music is very important in ou is an important part of my life

place au sol [d'un ordinateur, d'une voiture] footprint

faire place nette

a. (sens propre) to tidy up

b. (figuré) to clear up, to make a clean sweep

2. [endroit précis] place, spot

changer les meubles/la cuisinière de place to move the furniture around/the stove

mets/remets les clefs à leur place put the keys/put the keys back where they belong

est-ce que tout est à sa place? is everything in order ou in its proper place?

[d'une personne]

savoir rester à sa place to know one's place

je ne me sens pas à ma place parmi eux I feel out of place among them

ta place n'est pas ici you're out of place here

tu auras toujours une place dans mon cœur there'll always be a place in my heart for you

reprendre sa place

a. [sa position] to go back to one's place

b. [son rôle] to go back to where one belongs

notre collègue ne pourra pas reprendre sa place parmi nous our colleague is unable to resume his post with us

pour rien au monde je ne donnerais ma place I wouldn't swop places for anything in the world

remettre quelqu'un à sa place to put somebody in his/her place

se faire une place au soleil to make a success of things, to find one's place in the sun

3. [siège] seat

[fauteuil au spectacle] seat

[billet] ticket

avoir la place d'honneur

a. [sur l'estrade] to sit at the centre of the stage

b. [à table] to sit at the top ou head of the table

à la place du conducteur in the driver's seat

une voiture à deux places a two-seater (car)

une caravane à quatre places a caravan that sleeps four

une salle de 500 places a room that can seat 500 people

réserver une place d'avion/de train to make a plane/train reservation

payer place entière to pay full price

j'ai trois places de concert I have three tickets for the concert

ça vous ennuierait de changer de place? would you mind swapping ou changing places?

place assise seat

il ne reste plus que des places debout it's now standing room only

à la place du mort in the (front) passenger seat

dans le monde du spectacle, les places sont chères it's difficult to gain a foothold in show business

la place est toute chaude (sens propre & figuré) the seat's still warm

4. [dans un parking] (parking) space

un parking de 1 000 places a car park with space for 1,000 cars

5. [espace urbain] square

la place du village the village square

sur la place de Paris: le plus cher sur la place de Paris the most expensive in Paris

sur la place publique in public

porter le débat sur la place publique to make the debate public

6. [poste, emploi] position, post

une bonne place a good job

je cherche une place de secrétaire I'm looking for a job as a secretary

7. [rang - dans une compétition] place, rank

avoir la première place to come first ou top

avoir la dernière place to come bottom (UK) ou last

elle est en bonne place au dernier tour she's well placed on the last lap

être ou partir en bonne place pour gagner to be (all) set to win

8. BOURSE

place financière financial centre

place financière internationale money market

le dollar est à la hausse sur la place financière de New York the dollar has risen on the New York exchange

9. MILITAIRE

place (forte) fortress, stronghold

nous voici dans la place

a. (sens propre) [ville assiégée] here we are, inside the walls (of the city)

b. [endroit quelconque] here we are

c. (figuré) we've now gained a foothold

10. (Belgique) [pièce d'habitation] room

————————

à la place locution adverbiale

instead

on ira en Espagne à la place we'll go to Spain instead

j'ai rapporté la jupe et j'ai pris un pantalon à la place I returned the skirt and exchanged it for a pair of trousers

————————

à la place de locution prépositionnelle

1. [au lieu de] instead of

j'irai à sa place I'll go instead of him

2. [dans la situation de]

à ma/sa place in my/his place

à ta place, j'irais if I were you I'd go

mettez-vous à ma place put yourself in my place ou shoes

je ne voudrais pas être à sa place rather him than me, I wouldn't like to be in his shoes

de place en place locution adverbiale

here and there

————————

en place locution adjectivale

[important] established

un homme politique en place a well-established politician

les gens en place disent que... the powers that be say that...

————————

en place locution adverbiale

1. [là] in position

les forces de police sont déjà en place the police have already taken up their position

est-ce que tout est en place? is everything in order ou in its proper place?

2. (locution)

mettre en place

a. [équipement] to set up (separable) , to install

b. [plan] to set up (separable) , to put into action

c. [réseau] to set up (separable)

la méthode sera mise en place progressivement the method will be phased in (gradually)

ça va lui mettre/remettre les idées en place it'll give him a more realistic view of things/set him thinking straight again

tenir en place: il ne tient pas en place

a. [il est turbulent] he can't keep still

b. [il est anxieux] he's nervous

c. [il voyage beaucoup] he's always on the move

————————

par places locution adverbiale

here and there

————————

sur place locution adverbiale

there, on the spot

je serai déjà sur place I'll already be there

PLACE

la place Beauvau square in Paris (also refers to the Ministry of the Interior, whose offices are situated there)

la place de la Concorde square in Paris (one of the biggest and busiest squares in Paris, laid out in the reign of Louis XV)

la place du Colonel-Fabien square in Paris (also refers to the Communist party headquarters, which are situated there)

la place de Grève former name of the Place de l'Hôtel de Ville in Paris. (The place where the unemployed gathered to wait for work, it was the origin of the expression "se mettre en grève")

la place Rouge Red Square

la place Saint-Marc Saint Mark's Square

la place Tian'anmen Tiananmen Square

la place Vendôme square in Paris (the name evokes opulence and luxury because of the Ritz hotel and the jewellery shops situated on the square)

la place des Vosges elegant and fashionable square in the Marais district of Paris, built under Henri IV

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > place
2 placé

place [plas]

feminine noun

   a. ( = esplanade) square

• la place du marché the market square

• porter le débat sur la place publique to bring the discussion into the public arena

   b. ( = emplacement) place ; (assise) seat

• changer qch de place to move sth

• ça n'a pas changé de place it hasn't moved

• changer de place avec qn to change places with sb

• laisser sa place à qn to give up one's seat to sb ; (figurative) to hand over to sb

• prenez place take a seat

• prendre la place de qn to take sb's place ; ( = remplacer qn) to take over from sb

• trouver place parmi to find a place among

• place d'honneur place of honour

• places assises 20, places debout 40 seating capacity 20, standing passengers 40

• une tente à 4 places a tent that sleeps 4

• elle tient une grande place dans ma vie she means a great deal to me

   c. ( = espace) room ; ( = emplacement réservé) space

• prendre de la place to take up a lot of room

• faire de la place to make room

• gagner de la place to save space

• place de parking parking space

• j'ai trouvé de la place pour me garer I've found a parking place

• j'ai trois places dans ma voiture I've room for three in my car

• place aux jeunes ! make way for the younger generation!

• faire place nette to make a clean sweep

   d. ( = billet) seat ; ( = prix, trajet) fare

• réserver sa place to book one's seat

• il n'a pas payé sa place he hasn't paid for his seat

• payer place entière (au cinéma) to pay full price ; (dans le bus) to pay full fare

   e. ( = rang) il a eu une place de premier en histoire he was first in history

• l'entreprise occupe la seconde place sur le marché des ordinateurs the company ranks second in the computer market

• figurer en bonne place [personne] to be prominent

   f. ( = emploi) job ; [de domestique] position

• une place de serveuse a job as a waitress

• dans les médias, les places sont chères there's a lot of competition for jobs in the media

   g. (Military) place forte fortified town

• place d'armes parade ground

• s'introduire dans la place to get contacts on the inside

   h. (Finance) place boursière stock market

   i. (locutions)

► à la place ( = en échange) instead

► à la place de ( = au lieu de) instead of

• se mettre à la place de qn to put o.s. in sb's shoes► à sa etc place ( = à l'endroit habituel)

cette lampe n'est pas à sa place this lamp isn't in the right place

• remettre qch à sa place to put sth back where it belongs

• remettre qn à sa place to put sb in his place

• j'y suis allé à sa place I went instead of him

• je n'aimerais pas être à sa place I wouldn't like to be him

• à ma place, tu aurais accepté ? if you were me, would you have agreed?

• à votre place if I were you► en place

• il ne tient pas en place he's always fidgeting

• les gens en place influential people

• le pouvoir en place (maintenant) the current government ; (à l'époque) the government at the time

• être en place [plan] to be ready

• tout le monde est en place everyone is seated

• en place pour la photo ! everybody take up your positions for the photograph!

• mettre en place [+ service d'ordre] to deploy ; [+ mécanisme, dispositif] to install

• mise en place [de projet] setting up► sur place on the spot

• être sur place to be there

• se rendre sur place to go there

• les sauveteurs sont déjà sur place rescuers are already at the scene

• la situation sur place the situation on the ground

• vous trouverez des brochures sur place leaflets are available on site

• (à consommer) sur place ou à emporter ? sit in or take away?

* * *
plas
nom féminin

1) ( espace) room, space

laisser de la place — to leave enough space

2) (emplacement, espace défini) gén place; ( pour s'asseoir) seat

les dictionnaires ne sont pas à leur place — the dictionaries aren't where they should be

deux places pour ‘Le Lac des Cygnes’ — two tickets for ‘Swan Lake’

la place d'un mot dans une phrase — the position of a word in a sentence

il faut savoir rester à sa place — you must know your place

tenir une grande place dans la vie de quelqu'un — to play a large part in somebody's life

faire une large place à quelque chose — to put a lot of emphasis on something

notre travail laisse peu de place à l'imagination — our work leaves little room for the imagination

faire place à — to give way to

place aux jeunes or à la jeunesse! — lit, fig make way for the young!

il reste une place en première — there's one seat left in first class

une salle de 200 places — a 200 seat auditorium

payer sa place — (au cinéma, théâtre) to pay for one's ticket; ( dans un train etc) to pay one's fare

les places sont chères — fig ( parking difficile) parking spaces are hard to find; ( âpre concurrence dans l'emploi) jobs are hard to come by

prenez place — ( sur un siège) take a seat; ( chacun à son siège) take your seats; ( chacun à son poste) take your places

sur place — [aller] to the scene; [arriver] on the scene; [étudier] on the spot; [enquête] on-the-spot

on se retrouve sur place — we'll meet up there

ouvrage à consulter sur place — reference book

laisser quelqu'un sur place — to leave somebody standing

de place en place — here and there

divan à trois places — three-seater sofa

un parking de 500 places — a car park for 500 cars

3) ( dans un classement) place; ( dans un ordre) position

il est dans les premières places — he's up toward(s) the top

4) ( substitution)

à la place de — instead of, in place of

il a mis de la vodka à la place du cognac — he's used vodka instead of brandy

qu'aurais-tu fait à ma place? — what would you have done in my place?

(si j'étais) à ta place — if I were in your position ou shoes

je ne peux pas le faire à ta place! — I can't do it for you!

j'ai mis le vase à la place du cendrier — I put the vase where the ashtray was

5) ( situation définie)

en place — [système, structures] in place (après n); [troupes] in position (après n); [dirigeant, parti] ruling (épith)

les gens en place — the powers that be

ne plus tenir en place — to be restless ou fidgety

mettre en place — to put [something] in place [programme]; to put [something] in position [équipe]; to establish, to set up [réseau, institution]; to install [ligne téléphonique]

6) ( dans une agglomération) square

la place du village — the village square

la place du marché — the marketplace

7) Finance market

place financière — financial market

8) ( emploi) job

perdre sa place — to lose one's job

9) ( forteresse)

être dans la place — to be on the inside

être maître de la place — lit to be in control; fig to rule the roost

avoir un pied dans la place — fig to have a foot in the door

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- place d'armes

- place assise

- place forte

- place d'honneur

* * *
plas nf
1) [ville, village] square

la place du village — the village square

2) [train, cinéma, voiture] seat

Toutes les places ont été vendues. — All the seats have been sold.

Il n'a pas payé sa place. — He didn't pay for his ticket.

place assise — seat

Il y a vingt places assises. — There are 20 seats.

Il y a 20 places debout. — There is standing room for 20.

une quatre places AUTOMOBILES — a four-seater

3) (= endroit où l'on est assis) seat

la place d'honneur — the place of honour Grande-Bretagne the place of honor USA the seat of honour Grande-Bretagne the seat of honor USA

regagner sa place — to go back to one's seat

4) (= emplacement) place

une place pour chaque chose et chaque chose à sa place — a place for everything and everything in its place

5) (espace libre) room, space

ça prend de la place — it takes up a lot of room, it takes up a lot of space

faire de la place à — to make room for, to make space for

6) (place de stationnement) parking place

trouver une place — to find a parking place

Il ne reste plus de place pour se garer. — There's nowhere left to park.

7) (dans un classement) place

Vincent a eu la troisième place au concours. — Vincent got third place in the competition.

8) (= emploi) job

9) (autres locutions)

à la place de — instead of, in place of

à la place — instead

Il ne reste plus de tarte; désirez-vous quelque chose d'autre à la place? — There's no tart left; would you like something else instead?

remettre qn à sa place — to put sb in their place

remettre qch en place — to put sth back in its place

ne pas tenir en place — to be always on the go

de place en place — here and there, in places

par places — here and there, in places

sur place — on the spot

See:

surplace

faire place à — to give way to

prendre place — to take one's place

* * *

place nf

1 ( espace) room, space; avoir de la place to have room ou space (pour faire to do); il y a encore assez de place pour deux personnes/valises there's enough room ou space left for two people/suitcases; avoir la place de faire to have enough room ou space to do; prendre de la place to take up room ou space; (faire) perdre/gagner de la place to waste/to save space; faire de la place to make room ou space (à qn/qch for sb/sth; pour faire to do); se faire de la place to make room ou space for oneself; laisser de la place (pour une personne, un meuble) to leave enough room ou space; ( pour un écrit) to leave enough space; laisse-moi un peu de place pour leur écrire un mot leave me a bit of space to write them a few lines;

2 (emplacement, espace défini) gén place; ( pour s'asseoir) seat; chaque chose à sa place everything in its place; il est resté une heure à la même place he stayed in the same place for an hour; remettre qch à sa place to put sth back in its place; les dictionnaires ne sont pas à la bonne/à leur place the dictionaries aren't in the right place/where they should be; j'ai deux places pour ‘Le Lac des Cygnes’ I've got two tickets for ‘Swan Lake’; il reste une place en première there's one seat left in first class; laisse ta place à la dame! give the lady your seat!; est-ce que cette place est libre? is this seat free?; une salle de 200 places a 200 seat auditorium; j'ai eu une place gratuite I got a free seat; garde-moi ma place ( dans une file) keep my place; (dans un train, au cinéma) keep my seat; garde-moi une place (dans le train, au cinéma) keep me a seat; payer sa place (au cinéma, théâtre) to pay for one's ticket; Transp to pay one's fare; payer place entière (au cinéma, théâtre) to pay full price; Transp to pay full fare; les places sont chères fig ( parking difficile) parking spaces are hard to find; ( âpre concurrence dans l'emploi) jobs are hard to come by; prenez place ( sur un siège) take a seat; ( chacun à son siège) take your seats; ( chacun à son poste) take your places; prendre place ( s'asseoir) to take a seat; ( s'installer) [exposant, stand] to set up; [tireur, policier] to position oneself; ( s'intégrer) to take one's place; roman qui a pris place parmi les plus grands novel that has taken its place among the greatest; sur place [aller, envoyer, se rendre] to the scene; [arriver] on the scene; [être, trouver, sautiller, étudier] on the spot; [enquête, recherche, tournage] on-the-spot ( épith); de place en place here and there; voiture de quatre places four-seater car; divan à trois places three-seater sofa; ⇒ chasse;

3 ( emplacement pour se garer) parking place; appartement avec place de parking apartment with parking space; je n'ai pas trouvé de place pour or où me garer I couldn't find a parking space ou a place to park; un parking de 500 places a car park for 500 cars;

4 (rang dans un classement, la société) place; ( position dans un ordre) position; prendre la place de qn to take sb's place; prendre or obtenir la deuxième place to take second place (à in); il est dans les premières/dernières places he's up toward(s) the top/down toward(s) the bottom; la place d'un mot dans une phrase the position of a word in a sentence; se faire une place dans le monde de la finance to carve out a place for oneself in the world of finance; être en bonne place pour gagner/réussir to be well-placed ou in a good position to win/succeed; il occupe une place éminente he holds a very high position (à, dans in); chacun (à) sa place everyone should know his place; il faut savoir rester à sa place you must know your place; il n'est pas à sa place dans cette réception he looks out of place at this reception; je ne me sens pas à ma place dans ce milieu I feel out of place in this environment; remettre qn à sa place to put sb in his/her place; quelle place faire à l'art? what place can be afforded to art?; avoir sa place dans to deserve a place in; il n'y a pas de place pour eux dans notre système there is no place for them in our system; avoir une place à part or de choix dans to have a special place in; tenir une grande place/une place très importante dans la vie de qn to play a large part/a very important part in sb's life; donner or consacrer or faire une large place à qch to put a lot of emphasis on sth; la place croissante de l'environnement en politique the growing emphasis on the environment in politics; notre travail laisse peu de place à l'imagination our work leaves little room for the imagination; faire place à to give way to; place aux jeunes or à la jeunesse! lit, fig make way for the young!;

5 ( substitution) à la place de instead of, in place of; il a mis de la vodka à la place du cognac he's used vodka instead of brandy; il y a maintenant un comité à la place de l'ancien directeur there's now a committee in place of the former manager; ils sont partis/ont été récompensés à notre place they went/were rewarded instead of us; qu'aurais-tu fait à ma place? what would you have done in my place?; (si j'étais) à ta place if I were in your position ou shoes; mets-toi à leur place put yourself in their position ou shoes; téléphone-lui toi-même, je ne peux pas le faire à ta place! phone him yourself, I can't do it for you!; j'ai mis le vase à la place du cendrier I put the vase where the ashtray was; construire une école à la place de la gare ( où était la gare) to build a school where the station used to be; ( où était prévue la gare) to build a school where the station should have been; ( au lieu de) to build a school instead of a station;

6 ( situation définie) en place [système, structures] in place ( après n); [troupes] in position ( après n); [dirigeant, pouvoir, régime, parti] ruling ( épith); les gens en place the powers that be; nos hommes sont en place our men are in position; ne plus tenir en place to be restless ou fidgety; les enfants ne tiennent plus en place the children keep fidgeting; mettre en place to put [sth] in place [grillage, programme, règlement, stratégie]; to put [sth] in ou into position [satellite, troupes, équipe]; to establish, to set up [réseau, marché, régime, institution]; to install [ligne téléphonique, canalisations]; se mettre en place [plan, politique, système, structure] to be put in place; [forces, troupes, police] ( être mis en position) to be put in ou into position; ( soi-même) to position oneself; [réseau, marché, régime] to be established, to be set up; mise en place (de grillage, système, normes, services) putting in place; (de satellite, forces, d'équipe) positioning; (de réseau, marché, régime, d'institution) establishment, setting up; (de ligne téléphonique, canalisation) installation^GB; remettre en place to put [sth] back in place; on se retrouve sur place we'll meet up there; je suis sur place, je peux le faire I'm on the spot, I can do it; dépannage/inscriptions sur place on-the-spot repairs/registration; ouvrage à consulter sur place reference book; laisser qn sur place to leave sb standing;

7 ( dans une agglomération) square; la place du village the village square; sur la place Tiananmen/Rouge in Tiananmen/Red Square; la place de la Concorde the Place de la Concorde; la place du marché the marketplace;

8 Fin market; place financière financial market; sur la place parisienne or de Paris on the Paris market;

9 ( emploi) job; avoir une bonne place chez to have a good job with; perdre sa place to lose one's job; c'est une place très recherchée or demandée it's a highly sought-after job ou position; il y a des places à prendre there are good job opportunities;

10 ( forteresse) entrer dans la place to get in on the inside; être dans la place to be on the inside; être maître de la place lit to be in control; fig to rule the roost; se rendre maître de la place to take control; avoir un pied dans la place fig to have a foot in the door.

Composés

place d'armes Mil parade ground; place assise seat; place forte Mil fortified town; place d'honneur ( à table) place ou seat of honour^GB; la place publique the public; intéresser la place publique to interest the public; sur la place publique [célébrer, apprendre, entendre] in public; mettre or porter or étaler qch sur la place publique to bring sth out in the open [[information, projet].

Idiomes

je ne lâcherais or donnerais pas ma place pour un empire I wouldn't change places for the world ou for all the tea in China; une place pour chaque chose et chaque chose à sa place Prov a place for everything and everything in its place.

( féminin placée) [plase] adjectif

1. [aux courses]

cheval placé placed horse

(comme adverbe)

arriver placé to be placed

2. [situé]

bien placé

a. [magasin, appartement] well-situated

b. [fermeture, bouton, couture] well-positioned

mal placé

a. [magasin, appartement] badly-located

b. [fermeture, bouton, couture] poorly-positioned

c. [coup] below the belt

d. [abcès] in an awkward spot

e. (euphémisme) in an embarrassing place

f. [orgueil] misplaced

on était très bien/mal placés [au spectacle] we had really good/bad seats

être bien/mal placé pour (figuré) to be in a/no position to

3. [socialement]

haut placé well up ou high up in the hierarchy

des gens haut placés people in high places

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > placé
3 οὐ

οὐ, the negative of

A fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.

A USAGE.

I as the negative of single words,

II as the negative of the sentence.

I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g. εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained, εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
; εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
; ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles: οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives: οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.; οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs: οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.

II as negativing the whole sentence,

1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ) , ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.

2 with ind. of statement, τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ἔνθα κεν οὔ τιν' ἀδάκρυτόν γ' ἐνόησας Ἀργείων Od.24.61
; οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
; οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.

3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται 7.197
; οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίς μῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, cf. 11.387.

4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
, 20.286.

5 with opt. and ἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.

6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,

a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἂν δικαίως αὐτοὺς δέχοισθε μαθεῖν χρή Th.1.40
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq., ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.

b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
; ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
; διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
; μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.; νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
; ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; νηπιάχοις οἷς οὔ τι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα Il.2.338
, etc.: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as οὐκ ἔστ' ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ E.Tr. 1051
, cf. Hec. 298; οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.

c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. with ἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411; οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
; οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.

7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,

a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic., εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).

b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
; κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so also δεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;
οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
; Id.15.23
, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.

c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις)
, τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
; E. Ion 347
.

8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.; λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18; οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.; αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)

9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ' ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον E.Hec. 316
; κατενόησαν οὐ πολλοὺς τοὺς Θηβαίους ὄντας Th.2
. 3; ἔργῳ δηλώσω οὐ παραγενόμενος Antipho2.4.8
, etc.; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
; τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν E.Alc. 352
, cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Id.El. 1025
, etc.; ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας τούτῳ τῷ τεκμηρίῳ χρωμένους Lycurg.90
, cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.

b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
; τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
; οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
; τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν Lys.12.82
, cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43; τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.

10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v. μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
; τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; τὸν οὐδέν Id.Ph. 598
(whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137; ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
; ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.

11 for οὐ μή, v. sub voc.

12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;
οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
; A.Pr. 956
: so as a strong form of imper.,
οὐκ ἀπαλλάξει
; E. Ion 524
;
οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν μιαρὸν τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον
; Din.1.18
;
οὐκ εἶ καταπιὼν Εὐριπίδην
; Ar.Ach. 484
; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.

B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; οὐχ αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν Men.639
; οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free, κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79; χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause, καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
; ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end, βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
; οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
; ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; so τὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. with ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.; Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause after μέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b; κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.

C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., οὔ μιν ὁΐομαιοὐδὲ πεπύσθαι λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης Il.17.641
; ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κρεῖσσον οἰκείου φίλου E.Andr. 986
: the first neg. may be a compd., καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; οὐδενὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὐδεμίαν κοινωνίαν ἔχει Id.Prm. 166a
(similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ἀδύνατος οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν λέγειν μάτην E.Andr. 746
; οὐ follows the compd. neg., οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν ) ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis, οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
; οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ αὖ ὡς σύ μοι δοκεῖς οἴεσθαι Pl.Prt. 332a
: so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587; θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.

2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; γλώσσης κρυφαῖον οὐδὲν οὐ διέρχεται S.Fr. 935
(but prob. f.l.); οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.

3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force, ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
; ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g. οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.

D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν οὐκ ἔχετ' ἀντιλέγειν D.8.31
, cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.; οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι Id.9.54
; ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49; ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d; ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence, ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.

E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, γῆ δ' οὐδ' ἀὴρ οὐδ' οὐρανὸς ἦν Ar.Av. 694
; σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
; ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).

F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as in ἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., μὴ οὐ S. OT 283
, etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, ἐγὼ οὐ Ar.Eq. 340
.—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.

G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess., οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf. οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse, ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
; ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B),
τί δ' οὐχί
; A.Ag. 273
,Fr. 310;
πῶς δ' οὐχί
; Id.Supp. 918
, Ar. Pax 1027; ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.

H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.

I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐ
4 पदम् _padam

पदम् [पद्-अच्]

1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14.

-2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1.

-3 A foot-step, foot- print, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286.

-4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3.

-5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'.

-6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c.

-7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6.

-8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65.

-9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14.

-1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9.

-11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular.

-12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1.

-13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14.

-14 A sqare root.

-15 A part, por- tion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री.

-16 A measure of length.

-17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13.

-18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām.

-19 A quadrant.

-2 The last of a series.

-21 A plot of ground.

-22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required.

-23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः).

-24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1.

-25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2.

-दः A ray of light.

-Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print.

-अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot).

-अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v.

-अनुग a.

1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.).

-2 suitable, agreeable to. (

-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6.

-अनुरागः 1 a servant.

-2 an army.

-अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar.

-अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada.

-अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza.

-2 the end of a word.

-अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause.

-अन्त्य a. final.

-अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot.

-अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office.

-अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word.

-2 a thing or object.

-3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads).

-4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins.

-5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time.

-आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick.

-आजिः a foot-soldier.

-आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza.

-2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas).

-आयता a shoe.

-आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1.

-आसनम् a foot-stool.

- आहत a. kicked.

-कमलम् lotus-like foot.

-कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha.

-क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52.

-2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम.

-गः a foot-soldier.

-गतिः f. gait, manner of going.

-गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words.

-छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolu- tion of a sentence into its constituent parts.

-च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed.

-जातम् class or group of words.

-दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text.

-न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step.

-2 a foot-mark.

-3 position of the feet in a particular attitude.

-4 the plant गोक्षुर.

-5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa.

-पङ्क्तिः f.

1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6.

-2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1.

-3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick.

-4 a kind of metre.

-पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ).

-पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also).

-बन्धः a foot-step, step.

-भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology.

-भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage.

-2 a register, journal.

-3 a calendar.

-भ्रंशः dismissal from office.

-माला a magical formula.

-योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.).

-रचना 1 arrangement of words.

-2 literary composition.

-वायः Ved. a leader.

-विष्टम्भः a step, footstep.

-वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words.

-वेदिन् a linguist, philologist.

-व्याख्यानम् interpreta- tion of words.

-शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words.

-संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता.

-2 a writer, an annotator.

-संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words.

-स्थ a.

1 going on foot.

-2 being in a position of authority or high rank.

-स्थानम् a foot-print.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पदम् _padam
5 bestimmen

I v/t

1. (festsetzen) determine, decide; (Preis, Termin etc.) fix, Am. set

2. (befehlen) give the orders; Gesetz require, stipulate; nichts zu bestimmen haben have no say in s.th; du hast hier nichts zu bestimmen umg. who asked you (for your opinion)?

3. (beeinflussen: Pläne etc.) determine, control

4. (prägen) characterize; dunkle Wälder bestimmen das Bild der Landschaft the landscape is dominated by dark forests

5. (ausersehen) choose; etw. / jemanden zu oder für etw. bestimmen intend s.th. for s.th. / intend s.o. to be s.th.; Gelder für etw. bestimmen auch allocate ( oder set aside) funds for s.th.; bestimmt sein für be meant for; füreinander bestimmt sein be meant for each other; bestimmt sein zu be destined for ( oder to be); (verurteilt) auch be fated to (+ Inf.) er bestimmte sie zu seiner Stellvertreterin he chose ( oder designated) her as his successor; dieser Ring ist für dich bestimmt this ring is ( oder is meant) for you; zum sofortigen Verzehr / Gebrauch bestimmt Aufdruck auf Ware: for immediate consumption / use; zu Höherem bestimmt sein be destined for higher ( oder bigger and better umg.) things; es war ihm vom Schicksal ( nicht) bestimmt zu (+ Inf.) he was fated (not) to (+ Inf.)

6. (ermitteln) ascertain; auch MATH., CHEM., PHYS. determine; (Begriff) define; seinen Standort bestimmen determine one’s position, take one’s bearings; Pflanzen / Tiere bestimmen identify plants / animals; neu gefunden classify plants / animals; ein Wort / einen Satz bestimmen define a word / determine the meaning of a sentence

7. (jemanden veranlassen) induce (zu + Inf. to + Inf.)

8. geh. altm. (überreden) persuade (to + Inf.); sich von etw. bestimmen lassen (let o.s.) be influenced by s.th.; weitS. let s.th. get the better of one

II v/i

1. (anordnen) decide; (befehlen) give the orders (for); wer bestimmt hier? oder wer hat hier zu bestimmen? who gives the orders around here?

2. (verfügen): über jemanden bestimmen (Arbeitskräfte etc.) have s.o. at one’s disposal; über sein Geld / seine Zeit bestimmen decide how to spend one’s money / what to do with one’s time; über seine Angelegenheiten bestimmen decide one’s affairs for oneself

* * *

(ermitteln) to ascertain;

(festlegen) to appoint; to fix; to determine; to designate; to decide;

(vorsehen) to destine; to ordain

* * *
be|stịm|men ptp besti\#mmt
1. vt

1) (= festsetzen) to determine; Grenze, Ort, Zeit etc auch to fix, to set; (= entscheiden auch) to decide

sie will immer alles bestimmen — she always wants to decide the way things are to be done

See:

→ auch bestimmt

2) (= prägen) Stadtbild, Landschaft to characterize; (= beeinflussen) Preis, Anzahl to determine; Entwicklung, Werk, Stil etc to have a determining influence on; (GRAM) Kasus, Tempus to determine

näher bestimmen (Gram) — to qualify

3) (= wissenschaftlich feststellen) Alter, Standort to determine, to ascertain; Pflanze, Tier, Funde to classify; (= definieren) Wort, Bedeutung to define

4) (= vorsehen) to intend, to mean (für for)

jdn zu etw bestimmen — to choose or designate sb as sth

er ist zu Höherem bestimmt — he is destined for higher things

wir waren füreinander bestimmt — we were meant for each other

2. vi

1) (= entscheiden) to decide (
über +acc on)
du hast hier nicht zu bestimmen — you don't make the decisions here

2)

(= verfügen) er kann über sein Geld allein bestimmen — it is up to him what he does with his money

du kannst nicht über ihn/seine Zeit bestimmen — it's not up to you to decide what he's going to do/how his time is to be spent

3. vr

sich nach etw bestimmen — to be determined by sth

* * *

1) (to fix or settle; to decide: He determined his course of action.) determine

2) (to influence: Our policy is governed by three factors.) govern

3) ((with for) to direct at: That letter/bullet was intended for me.) intend

4) (to select or choose for some particular purpose etc in the future: He had been marked out for an army career from early childhood.) mark out

* * *

be·stim·men *

I. vt

1. (festsetzen)

▪ etw \bestimmen to decide on [or form determine] sth

einen Preis \bestimmen to fix [or set] a price

Ort und Zeit \bestimmen to fix [or appoint] a place and time

eine Grenze/ein Limit \bestimmen to set a limit

wir müssen genau \bestimmen, wo wir uns treffen we have to decide exactly where we'll meet; Gesetzentwurf, Verordnung to rule, to lay down

das Gesetz bestimmt es so it's the law

das Gesetz bestimmt, dass... the law says that...; (entscheiden) to decide sth

2. (prägen)

▪ etw \bestimmen to set the tone for sth

sein ruhiges Auftreten bestimmte die folgende Diskussion his calm manner set the tone for [or of] the ensuing discussion

dichte Wälder \bestimmen das Landschaftsbild thick forests characterize the scenery

3. (beeinflussen)

▪ etw \bestimmen to influence sth

etw entscheidend \bestimmen to determine [or control] sth

die Meinung anderer Leute bestimmte sein ganzes Handeln other people's opinions had a determining [or prevailing] influence on all of his actions

sich akk nach etw dat \bestimmen, durch etw akk bestimmt werden to be governed [or determined] by sth

4. (wissenschaftlich feststellen)

▪ etw \bestimmen to categorize sth

etw nach [seiner] Art \bestimmen to establish the category of sth

Pflanzen/Tiere \bestimmen to classify plants/animals

die Bedeutung/Etymologie/Herkunft von etw dat \bestimmen to determine the significance/etymology/origin of sth

einen Begriff \bestimmen to define a term

5. (vorsehen)

▪ jdn zu etw dat \bestimmen to make sb sth, to name [or choose] sb as sth

jdn durch Wahl zu etw dat \bestimmen to vote sb in as sth

▪ etw für jdn \bestimmen to intend [or earmark] sth for sb

füreinander bestimmt meant for each other

etw ist für jdn bestimmt sth is for sb

zu Größerem bestimmt sein to be destined for higher things

vorherbestimmt sein to be predestined

6. (geh: bewegen)

▪ jdn zu etw dat \bestimmen to induce [or form to prevail on] sb to do sth

II. vi

1. (befehlen) to be in charge, to decide what happens, to lay down the law pej

2. (verfügen)

▪ über jdn/etw \bestimmen to control sb/sth, to dispose of sth

über seine Zeit \bestimmen to organize one's time; (jdn bedrängen) to push sb around fam

über jds akk Gelder \bestimmen to have control over sb's finances

* * *
1.
transitives Verb

1) (festsetzen) decide on; fix <price, time, etc.>

jemanden zum od. als Nachfolger bestimmen — decide on somebody as one's successor; (nennen) name somebody as one's successor

2) (vorsehen) destine; intend; set aside < money>

das ist für dich bestimmt — that is meant for you

er ist zu Höherem bestimmt — he is destined for higher things

3) (ermitteln, definieren) identify < part of speech, find, plant, etc.>; determine <age, position>; define < meaning>

4) (prägen) determine the character of; give <landscape, townscape> its character
2.
intransitives Verb

1) make the decisions

hier bestimme ich — I'm in charge or the boss here; my word goes around here

2) (verfügen)

über jemanden bestimmen — tell somebody what to do

[frei] über etwas (Akk.) bestimmen — do as one wishes with something

* * *

bestimmen

A. v/t

1. (festsetzen) determine, decide; (Preis, Termin etc) fix, US set

2. (befehlen) give the orders; Gesetz require, stipulate;

nichts zu bestimmen haben have no say in s.th;

du hast hier nichts zu bestimmen umg who asked you (for your opinion)?

3. (beeinflussen: Pläne etc) determine, control

4. (prägen) characterize;

dunkle Wälder bestimmen das Bild der Landschaft the landscape is dominated by dark forests

5. (ausersehen) choose;

etwas/jemanden zu oder

für etwas bestimmen intend sth for sth/intend sb to be sth;

Gelder für etwas bestimmen auch allocate ( oder set aside) funds for sth;

bestimmt sein für be meant for;

füreinander bestimmt sein be meant for each other;

bestimmt sein zu be destined for ( oder to be); (verurteilt) auch be fated to (+inf)

er bestimmte sie zu seiner Stellvertreterin he chose ( oder designated) her as his successor;

dieser Ring ist für dich bestimmt this ring is ( oder is meant) for you;

zum sofortigen Verzehr/Gebrauch bestimmt Aufdruck auf Ware: for immediate consumption/use;

zu Höherem bestimmt sein be destined for higher ( oder bigger and better umg) things;

es war ihm vom Schicksal (nicht) bestimmt zu (+inf) he was fated (not) to (+inf)

6. (ermitteln) ascertain; auch MATH, CHEM, PHYS determine; (Begriff) define;

seinen Standort bestimmen determine one’s position, take one’s bearings;

Pflanzen/Tiere bestimmen identify plants/animals; neu gefunden classify plants/animals;

ein Wort/einen Satz bestimmen define a word/determine the meaning of a sentence

7. (jemanden veranlassen) induce (

zu +inf to +inf)

8. geh obs (überreden) persuade (to +inf);

sich von etwas bestimmen lassen (let o.s.) be influenced by sth; weitS. let sth get the better of one

B. v/i

1. (anordnen) decide; (befehlen) give the orders (for);

wer bestimmt hier? oder

wer hat hier zu bestimmen? who gives the orders around here?

2. (verfügen):

über jemanden bestimmen (Arbeitskräfte etc) have sb at one’s disposal;

über sein Geld/seine Zeit bestimmen decide how to spend one’s money/what to do with one’s time;

über seine Angelegenheiten bestimmen decide one’s affairs for oneself

* * *
1.
transitives Verb

1) (festsetzen) decide on; fix <price, time, etc.>

jemanden zum od. als Nachfolger bestimmen — decide on somebody as one's successor; (nennen) name somebody as one's successor

2) (vorsehen) destine; intend; set aside < money>

das ist für dich bestimmt — that is meant for you

er ist zu Höherem bestimmt — he is destined for higher things

3) (ermitteln, definieren) identify <part of speech, find, plant, etc.>; determine <age, position>; define < meaning>

4) (prägen) determine the character of; give <landscape, townscape> its character
2.
intransitives Verb

1) make the decisions

hier bestimme ich — I'm in charge or the boss here; my word goes around here

2) (verfügen)

über jemanden bestimmen — tell somebody what to do

[frei] über etwas (Akk.) bestimmen — do as one wishes with something

* * *

v.

to appoint v.

to designate v.

to destine v.

to determine v.

to intend (for) v.

to ordain v.

to prearrange v.

to specify v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > bestimmen
6 μέν

μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ.

A

I μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where [dialect] Att. used ἦ μήν) , καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
, cf. 14.275; ἦ μέν τοι τάδε πάντα τελείεται Od.14.160
, cf. Il.24.416; τοῦτον ἐξορκοῖ, ἦ μέν οἱ διηκονήσειν Hdt.4.154
, cf. 5.93, etc.: with neg., οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
, etc.; ὤμοσα, μὴ μὲν.. ἀναφῆναι 4.254
, cf. Hdt.2.118, 179; ἔξαρνος ἦν, μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.67
, cf. 99: without neg., ἀνδρὸς μὲν τόδε σῆμα πάλαι κατατεθνηῶτος Il.7.89
: also in Trag., ἀκτὴ μὲν ἥδε τῆς περιρρύτου χθονός S.Ph.1
, cf. 159 (anap.), OC44, E.Med. 676, 1129, etc.; καὶ μέν Il.1.269
, 9.632, etc.; οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ .. 2.703, 12.212; γε μέν, cf. γε 1.5.

2 an answering clause with δέ is sts. implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ' ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [ but all others easily], Il.5.893; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [ but as I believe not], E.Or. 8; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), X. An.1.9.14; so νῦν μέν σ' ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Herod.5.81: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied, ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Od. 13.154
; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Pl.Cri. 43d: hence with the pers. Pron., ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Hdt.1.71
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (sc. θέλω) S.Ant. 498; ἐμοῦ μὲν οὐχ ἑκόντος Id.Aj. 455
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα X.Cyr.1.4.12
, cf. 4.2.45, etc.: with the demonstr. Pron., τούτου μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐγὼ σοφώτερός εἰμι Pl.Ap. 21d
: generally, to emphasize the preceding word, πολλὴ μὲν ἡ μεταβολή μοι γέγονεν great indeed has been the change, Is.1.1, cf. Simon.5.1, etc.

3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεοῦ; E.Med. 676, cf. Ion 520 (troch.), Hipp. 316, S.Ant. 634, Ar.Av. 1214; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζει; Pl.Men. 82b.

II μέν folld. by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less freq. in later Gr. (rare in NT):

1 μέν.., δέ .. (or when the correlative clause is neg., μέν.., οὐδέ .., Il.1.318, 536), to mark opposition, Hom., etc.—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are freq. separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Il.2.494 is answered by δέ in 511, 527 sq.; in X.An.1.9.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by ἐπεὶ δέ in <*> 6; in Id.Mem.1.1.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by θαυμαστὸν δέ in 1.2.1.

2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Il.1.18sq., 306 sq. (five δέ-clauses), 433 sq. (eight δέ-clauses), cf. X.An. 1.3.14,7.10sq.: freq. when the members of a group or class are distinctly specified, παῖδες δύο, πρεσβύτερος μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος ib.1.1.1; τάφρος.., τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς ib.1.7.14; πρῶτος μέν.., δεύτερος δέ.., τρίτος δέ .. ib.5.6.9; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ .., at one time.., at another.., ib.6.1.9, etc.: esp. with the Art. used as a Pron., ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. ; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ .., etc.

3 the principal word is freq. repeated, οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ' ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Il.1.258
, cf. 288, Od.15.70; ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ' ἵμερος, ἐν δ' ὀαριστύς Il.14.216
; Ξέρξης μὲν ἄγαγεν.., Ξέρξης δ' ἀπώλεσεν A.Pers. 550
, cf. 560, 694, 700 (all lyr.); χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης X.An.5.8.20
.

4 one of the correlative clauses is sts. independent, while the other takes the part. or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ' ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ .. D.57.11; οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη X.An.1.10.12
, cf. 2.1.7, 5.6.29; ὧν ἐπιμεμφομένα σ' ἁδεῖα μὲν ἀντία δ' οἴσω S.Tr. 123
, cf. OC 522 (bothlyr.); χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι.., ἔτι δὲ καὶ.. δόξω ἀμελῆσαι Pl.Cri.44
b.

5 μέν and δέ freq. oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτε.. ἀντήρατε,.. νυνὶ δὲ ὀκνεῖτ' ἐξιέναι (for εἰ.. ἀντάραντες νυνὶ ὀκνεῖτε) D.2.24, cf. E.IT 116, Lys.34.11, X.Mem.2.7.11, etc.: so in an anacoluthon, τρία μὲν ὄντα.. ναυτικά.., τούτων δ' εἰ περιόψεσθε τὰ δύο, κτλ., Th.1.36.

6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but freq. by other equiv. Particles, as ἀλλά, Il.1.22 sq., 2.703 sq., Pi.O.9.1, A.Pers. 176, X.An.1.7.17:—by μέντοι, Hdt.1.36, S.Ph. 350, D.21.189, etc.:—by ἀτάρ, Il.6.84, 124, A.Pr. 342, S.OT 1051sq., Pl. Tht. 172c, etc. (so μέν.., αὐτάρ in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.50, Od.19.513, etc.):— by αὖ, Il.11.108, Od.4.210:—by αὖθις, S.Ant. 165:—by αὖτε, Il.1.234, Od.22.5:—by temporal Particles, πρῶτα μέν.., εἶτα .. S.El. 261; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο .. X.An.6.1.5-7; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι .. S.Ph. 350, cf. OT 647:—rarely by μήν with neg., οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Pl.Phdr. 268e
; οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε Id.Phlb. 12d
.

b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sts. strengthd., as ὅμως δέ .. S.OT 785, Ph. 473, 1074, etc. (so ἀλλ' ὅμως El. 450
); δ' αὖ .. Il.4.415, X.An.1.10.5; δ' ἔμπης .. Il.1.561-2.

c μέν is sts. answered by a copul. Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο ib. 267, cf. 459, Od. 22.475, S.Aj.1, Tr. 689, E.Med. 125 (anap.), etc.: rarely in Prose, τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Th.2.65
(dub.).

B μέν before other Particles:

I where each Particle retains its force,

1 μὲν ἄρα, in Hom. μέν ῥα, Il.2.1, 6.312, Od.1.127, Pl. Phdr. 258d, R. 467d, etc.

2 μὲν γάρ S.OT62
, Th.1.142, etc.:— in Hom. there is freq. no second clause, Od.1.173, 392, cf. S.OT 1062, etc.; μὲν γὰρ δή Il.11.825
; μὲν γάρ τε 17.727
.

3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail, Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Th.1.40
, cf. 70, 6.86, Hdt.6.46, Antipho 5.14, Lys. 13.27, Is.4.8, Ar.Nu. 1382, V. 564, E.Fr.909.4.

4 μὲν δή Il.1.514
, Hdt.1.32, etc.: freq. used to express positive certainty, ἀλλ' οἶσθα μὲν δή S. Tr. 627
, cf. OT 294; τὰ μὲν δὴ τόξ' ἔχεις Id.Ph. 1308
; esp. as a conclusion, τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Pl.Grg. 470b
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.6, etc.: in closing a statement, τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500
, etc.: used in answers to convey full assent, ἦ μὲν δή (cf. supr. A) Il.9.348, Od.4.33; καὶ μὲν δή.. γε Pl.R. 409b
; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Il.8.238, X.Cyr.1.6.9, Pl.Tht. 148e, etc.; οὐ μὲν δή.. γε X.An.2.2.3
, 3.2.14; ἀλλ' οὔ τι μὲν δή .. Pl.Tht. 187a.

5 μὲν οὖν, v. infr.11.2.

II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense,

1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.), τοῦτο μέν γ' ἤδη σαφές Ar.Ach. 154
, cf. Nu. 1172, Lys. 1165, Ra.80, Th.3.39; μέν γέ που Pl.R. 559b
, Tht. 147a.

2 μὲν οὖν is freq. used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Od.4.780, Pi.O.1.111, S.OT 244, 843; Ph. 359, D.2.5, etc.: but freq. also abs., so then, S.Ant.65; ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω D.2.3
; esp. in replies, sts. in strong affirmation, παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Pl.Tht. 158d
; κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν ib. 159e; πάνυ μὲν οὖν ib. 159b; ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν ib. 189e; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμων; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Ar.Ec. 1102; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν .. nay on mine, Id.Eq. 911, cf. A.Pers. 1032 (lyr.), Ag. 1090 (lyr.), 1396, S.Aj. 1363, El. 1503, OT 705, Ar.Ra. 241, Pl.Cri. 44b, Grg. 466a, 470b, Prt. 309d, etc.; also μὲν οὖν δή S.Tr. 153
; καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν Id.OC31
; cf. οὐμενοῦν: in NT μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε, to begin a sentence, yea rather, Ev.Luc.11.28, Ep.Rom.9.20, etc., cf. Phryn.322, Hsch.—In [dialect] Ion., μέν νυν is used for μὲν οὖν, Hdt.1.18, 4.145, etc.

3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε .., Il.5.139, al.; μέν τε is freq. answered by δέ alone, 16.28, al.; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, 17.727, Od.1.215, al.; perh. by ἠδέ, Il.4.341:— Hom. also uses μέν τε abs., when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Il.2.145, al.

4 μέν τοι in Hom. always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dat. of the Pron.: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used:

a with a conj. force, yet, nevertheless, A.Pr. 320, 1054 (anap.), S.Tr. 413, etc.; and sts. stands for δέ, answering to μέν, v. supr. A.11.6 a.

b as an Adv., in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δία .. D.4.49; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι .. ; Answ. φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Pl.Phd. 65d
, al.: with a neg. to give emphasis to a question, οὐ σὺ μέντοι .. ; why, are you not.. ? Id.Prt. 309a, cf. Phdr. 229b, R. 339b, etc.: sts. to express impatience, ὄμνυμι γάρ σοι—τίνα μέντοι, τίνα θεῶν; Id.Phdr. 236d; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦν; nay what was the first? Ar.Nu. 787; οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μ. Id.Ra. 171
; σὺ μέντοι .. Luc.Alex.44: with imper., to enforce the command, τουτὶ μ. σὺ φυλάττου only take heed.., Ar. Pax 1100, cf.Av. 661, X.An.1.4.8: in answers, γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη nay it would be absurd, Pl.Tht. 158e; summing up a long temporal clause, And.1.130.

c μέντοι γε X.Cyr.5.5.24
, etc.; οὐ μ. γε Diog.Apoll.5
: in later Gr. μέντοιγε stands first in the sentence, μ. οὐ θέλω PLond.3.897.13
(i A.D.); also γε μέντοι A.Ag. 938
, S.OT 778, 1292, E.Hec. 600; ὅμως γε μ. Ar.Ra.61
.

d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Heraclit.28, Pl.R. 331d; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι .. and of course to take care.., X.An.4.6.15 (v.l.), cf. 1.8.20, Pl.Prt. 339c, Tht. 143a.

e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, X.An.4.6.16; well, of course, Pl.R. 331e, etc.; cf. μέντον.

C for μέν after other Particles, see each Particle.

D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usu. stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, as ἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ' ἐλεύθερον λόγον S.Tr.63
; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ .. Th.4.73, cf. 113, etc. It also attaches itself to words which mark opposition, as πρῶτον μέν, τότε μέν, ἐγὼ μέν, even when these do not stand first: sts. however it precedes them, ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Pl.Phdr. 228b
; ὡς μέν τινες ἔφασαν X.Cyr.5.2.28
. It generally stands between the Art. and Noun, or the Prep. and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sts. neglected, as οἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Th.4.134
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν .. Id.3.22; also τῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακοδαιμονίῃ Hdt. 1.87
.

II μέν is freq. repeated:

1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ .. X.An.1.6.9, cf. 5.8.24, Th.8.104, D.18.214, 23.208.

2 in apodosi with the demonstr. Pron. or Adv., τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶνα .. Hdt.2.121; ὅσοι μὲν δὴ νομοῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου εἰσί, οὗτοι μέν [νυν].. αἶγας θύουσι· ὅσοι δὲ.. νομοῦ τοῦ Μενδησίου εἰσί, οὗτοι δὲ.. ὄϊς θύουσι ib.42, cf.3.108, al.; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ .. Pl.Ap. 28e, cf. Grg. 512a.

3 μέν used absolutely is freq. folld. by a correlative μέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Id.R. 421a
.

III μέν is sts. omitted (esp. in Poetry) where it is implied in the following δέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων Il.22.157
; ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδ', ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ παῖδας A. Pers. 403
; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. Ar.Nu. 396, Pl.Sph. 221e, Arist.Po. 1447b14, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μέν
7 ἄν

ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,

A εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.

A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.

I WITH INDICATIVE:

1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,

a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4
. 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c; εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.

b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.

c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.

d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.

2 with [tense] fut. ind.:

a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176; ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr., μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.

b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
; οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313; οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.

II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, al.

III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):

a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition: ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
; οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.

b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e; ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.

c with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240
, cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85
.

d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.

e in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448; πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94
; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.

f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.

g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231
, cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag., θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
; τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.

h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.

IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part., τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:

1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.

b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν) ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., τὸ ἐθέλειν ἂν ἰέναι ἄκλητος ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174b
.

2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.

b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.

3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:

a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.

b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.

4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c
(codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk., νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.

B IN DEPENDENT CLAUSES.

I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twice εἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.

2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε ( ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.

3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep., σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
; ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
; ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
; ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a
(where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc. ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.

II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc. εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
), εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.

2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15; ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt., οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.

III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:

1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat., οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.

2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom., εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.

IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
; ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.); ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.

C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71; διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.

D GENERAL REMARKS:

I POSITION OF ἄν.

1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
; ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: also ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c
.

2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.

3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25; οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48; οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
; οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.

4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.

II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244
, cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.

2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.

III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι) , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.

IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.

------------------------------------

ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,

A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl., ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50; ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.

------------------------------------

ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.

------------------------------------

ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν
8 ocupar

v.

1 to occupy (invadir) (territorio, edificio).

han ocupado la casa squatters have moved into the house (ilegalmente)

Ella ocupa un espacio She occupies a space.

2 to occupy (llenar) (mente).

¿en qué ocupas tu tiempo libre? how do you spend your spare time?

los niños me ocupan mucho tiempo the children take up a lot of my time

este trabajo sólo te ocupará unas horas this task will only take you a few hours

3 to take up (superficie, espacio).

4 to hold.

ocupa el primer puesto en las listas de éxitos she's top of the charts

5 to find or provide work for (dar trabajo a).

6 to employ, to give work to, to busy, to take up.

Ellos ocuparon a Ricardo They employed Richard.

7 to need.

Ellos ocupan un auto hoy They need a car today.

8 to need to.

Yo ocupo limpiar el auto I need to clean the car.

* * *

ocupar

► verbo transitivo

1 to occupy, take

■ él siempre ocupa este asiento he always occupies this seat, he always sits here

2 (adueñarse de) to occupy, take

■ el ejército invasor ocupó la ciudad the invading army occupied the city

3 (llenar) to take up

■ la mesa ocupa casi toda la habitación the table takes up most of the room

4 (dedicar) to do

■ ¿en qué ocupa sus ratos libres? what do you do in your spare time?

5 (habitar) to live in, occupy

■ los García ocupan el piso de arriba the Garcías live in the flat upstairs

■ la delegación japonesa ocupa las habitaciones superiores the Japanese delegation occupies the upper rooms

6 (estar - en un cargo) to hold, fill; (- en posición) to occupy, be in

■ ahora ocupa la cartera de Trabajo he is now Minister of Labour

■ no tiene intención de ocupar el cargo he has no intention of taking up the position

■ nuestro equipo ocupa la cuarta posición our team is in fourth place

7 (dar trabajo) to employ

■ el calzado ocupa a casi toda la población most of the town works in the shoe industry

■ mis hijos me ocupan demasiado my children take up too much of my time

► verbo pronominal ocuparse de

1 (encargarse de) to take care of; (tratar) to deal with

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ocuparse de lo suyo to mind one's own business

* * *

verb

1) to occupy

2) employ

3) inhabit

4) hold

•

- ocuparse de

* * *

1. VT

1) [+ espacio] to take up

la noticia ocupaba dos páginas del periódico — the story took up two pages in the newspaper

el armario ocupa toda la pared — the wardrobe takes up o covers the length of the wall

el nuevo museo se construirá en el espacio que ocupaba el antiguo — the new museum is to be built on the site of the old one

2) [+ posición]

el equipo español ocupa el puesto número diez en la clasificación — the Spanish team are tenth o are in tenth place in the league table

la posición que ocupa nuestra empresa en el mercado europeo — our company's position in the European market, the position that our company occupies o has o holds in the European market

vuelvan a ocupar sus asientos — go back to your seats

3) (Com) [+ puesto, cargo] to hold; [+ vacante] to fill

la persona que ocupaba el cargo antes que ella — her predecessor in the post, the person who held the post before her

desde 1990 ocupa un escaño en el parlamento — he has held a seat in parliament since 1990

ocupará su escaño el próximo mes — he will take his seat next month

él ocupó el puesto que quedó vacante cuando me jubilé — he filled the position left vacant when I retired

4) (Mil, Pol) [+ ciudad, país] to occupy

los obreros ocuparon la fábrica — the workers occupied the factory

5) (=habitar) [+ vivienda] to live in, occupy; [+ local] to occupy

la vivienda que ocupan desde hace dos años — the house they have been living in o have occupied for the last two years

los jóvenes que ocuparon la vivienda abandonada — the youths that squatted o occupied the empty building

la agencia ocupa el último piso del edificio — the agency has o occupies the top floor of the building

la fundación ocupa un piso en el centro de Barcelona — the foundation is based in o occupies a flat in the centre of Barcelona

la celda que ocupa ahora — the cell he currently occupies

6) [+ tiempo] [labor, acción] take up; [persona] to spend

los niños y las labores de la casa me ocupan mucho tiempo — the children and the housework take up a lot of my time

escribir el artículo me ocupó toda la mañana — my whole morning was taken up with writing the article

ocupa sus ratos libres pintando — he spends his spare time painting

no sabe en qué ocupar su tiempo libre — he doesn't know how to fill o spend his spare time

7) (=dar trabajo a) to employ

la agricultura ocupa a un 10% de la población activa — 10% of the working population is employed in agriculture, agriculture employs 10% of the working population

8) (=concernir)

pero, volviendo al tema que nos ocupa... — however, returning to the subject under discussion..., however, returning to the subject we are concerned with o that concerns us...

en el caso que nos ocupa — in this particular case, in the case under discussion

9) (=confiscar) to confiscate

les ocuparon todo el contrabando — all their smuggled goods were seized o confiscated

la policía le ocupó la navaja — the police confiscated his knife

10) Méx (=usar) to use

¿está ocupando la pluma? — are you using the pen?

2.

See:

ocuparse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) < espacio> to take up

2) persona

a) ( situarse en)

volvió a ocupar su asiento — she returned to her seat, she took her seat again

ocupaba la cabecera de la mesa — she sat at the head of the table

b) <vivienda/habitación>

ya han ocupado la casa — they have already moved into the house

ocupaban la habitación del fondo — they slept in the room at the back

¿quién ocupa la habitación 234? — who's in room 234?

c) ( en clasificación)

ocupa el tercer lugar en la lista — she's third on the list

¿qué lugar ocupan en la liga? — what position are they in the division?

pasan a ocupar el primer puesto — they move into first place

d) < cargo> to hold, occupy (frml); < vacante> to fill

3) <fábrica/territorio> to occupy

4)

a) < trabajadores> to provide employment for

b) ( concernir) to concern

5) < tiempo>

¿en qué ocupas tu tiempo libre? — how do you spend your spare time?

me ocupa demasiado tiempo — it takes up too much of my time

6) (AmC, Chi, Méx) ( usar) to use
2.
ocuparse v pron

ocuparse DE algo/alguien: ¿quién se ocupa de los niños? who takes care of o looks after the children?; este departamento se ocupa de... this department deals with o is in charge of...; yo me ocuparé de eso I'll see to that; yo me ocupé de hacer la reservación I took care of the reservations; tú ocúpate de tus cosas — you mind your own business

* * *

= occupy, live in.

Ex. Longer titles since each title can occupy only one line will be truncated and only brief source references are included.

Ex. The apartment is brand new with all mods and cons and never lived in before.

----

* conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.

* en virtud del cargo que ocupa = ex officio.

* ocupar el cargo = be in the position.

* ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.

* ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.

* ocupar el puesto de = replace, have + the rank of.

* ocupar el puesto de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank.

* ocupar el tiempo = fill in + Posesivo + time.

* ocupar espacio = occupy + space, take up + space, take up + room.

* ocupar ilegalmente = squat.

* ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.

* ocupar + Nombre Geográfico = occupy + Nombre Geográfico.

* ocuparse = run, tend.

* ocuparse de = be concerned with, deal with, indulge in, preoccupy, turn to, concern, take + a turn at, care (about/for), become + engaged (in/with), engage with, see to.

* ocuparse de que = see to it that.

* ocupar tiempo = occupy + time, take up + time.

* ocupar una posición = take + position, fill + niche, occupy + a niche.

* ocupar una posición de = be in position of.

* ocupar una situación idónea para = be well-placed to.

* ocupar un cargo = hold + position.

* ocupar un cargo de dirección = hold + a chair.

* ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.

* ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.

* ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.

* ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.

* ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.

* ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.

* ocupar un nivel de prioridad alto = rank + high on the list of priorities, be high on the priority list, be high on + list.

* ocupar un posición = occupy + position.

* ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.

* ocupar un puesto = hold + position.

* ocupar un puesto de confianza = be on the inside.

* ocupar un puesto de trabajo = assume + position, take up + post, hold + post.

* ocupar un puesto en = have + a place in.

* ocupar un segundo plano = stand in + the background.

* pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) < espacio> to take up

2) persona

a) ( situarse en)

volvió a ocupar su asiento — she returned to her seat, she took her seat again

ocupaba la cabecera de la mesa — she sat at the head of the table

b) <vivienda/habitación>

ya han ocupado la casa — they have already moved into the house

ocupaban la habitación del fondo — they slept in the room at the back

¿quién ocupa la habitación 234? — who's in room 234?

c) ( en clasificación)

ocupa el tercer lugar en la lista — she's third on the list

¿qué lugar ocupan en la liga? — what position are they in the division?

pasan a ocupar el primer puesto — they move into first place

d) < cargo> to hold, occupy (frml); < vacante> to fill

3) <fábrica/territorio> to occupy

4)

a) < trabajadores> to provide employment for

b) ( concernir) to concern

5) < tiempo>

¿en qué ocupas tu tiempo libre? — how do you spend your spare time?

me ocupa demasiado tiempo — it takes up too much of my time

6) (AmC, Chi, Méx) ( usar) to use
2.
ocuparse v pron

ocuparse DE algo/alguien: ¿quién se ocupa de los niños? who takes care of o looks after the children?; este departamento se ocupa de... this department deals with o is in charge of...; yo me ocuparé de eso I'll see to that; yo me ocupé de hacer la reservación I took care of the reservations; tú ocúpate de tus cosas — you mind your own business

* * *

= occupy, live in.

Ex: Longer titles since each title can occupy only one line will be truncated and only brief source references are included.

Ex: The apartment is brand new with all mods and cons and never lived in before.

* conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.

* en virtud del cargo que ocupa = ex officio.

* ocupar el cargo = be in the position.

* ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.

* ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.

* ocupar el puesto de = replace, have + the rank of.

* ocupar el puesto de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank.

* ocupar el tiempo = fill in + Posesivo + time.

* ocupar espacio = occupy + space, take up + space, take up + room.

* ocupar ilegalmente = squat.

* ocupar la mejor posición para = be in the best position to, be best positioned to, be the best placed to.

* ocupar + Nombre Geográfico = occupy + Nombre Geográfico.

* ocuparse = run, tend.

* ocuparse de = be concerned with, deal with, indulge in, preoccupy, turn to, concern, take + a turn at, care (about/for), become + engaged (in/with), engage with, see to.

* ocuparse de que = see to it that.

* ocupar tiempo = occupy + time, take up + time.

* ocupar una posición = take + position, fill + niche, occupy + a niche.

* ocupar una posición de = be in position of.

* ocupar una situación idónea para = be well-placed to.

* ocupar un cargo = hold + position.

* ocupar un cargo de dirección = hold + a chair.

* ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.

* ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.

* ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.

* ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.

* ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.

* ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.

* ocupar un nivel de prioridad alto = rank + high on the list of priorities, be high on the priority list, be high on + list.

* ocupar un posición = occupy + position.

* ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.

* ocupar un puesto = hold + position.

* ocupar un puesto de confianza = be on the inside.

* ocupar un puesto de trabajo = assume + position, take up + post, hold + post.

* ocupar un puesto en = have + a place in.

* ocupar un segundo plano = stand in + the background.

* pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.

* * *

ocupar [A1 ]

vt

A ‹espacio› to take up

la cama ocupa toda la habitación the bed takes up the whole room

el piano ocupa demasiado sitio the piano takes up o occupies too much space

B «persona»

1 ‹lugar/asiento›

volvió a ocupar su asiento she returned to her seat, she took her seat again

siempre ocupaba la cabecera de la mesa she always sat at the head of the table

2 ‹vivienda/habitación›

ya han ocupado la casa they have already moved into the house

los niños ocupaban la habitación del fondo the children slept in o had the room at the back

3

(en una clasificación): ocupa el tercer lugar en el ránking she's third in the rankings

¿qué lugar ocupan en la liga? what position are they in o where are they in the division?

pasan a ocupar el primer puesto they move into first place

4 ‹cargo› to hold, occupy ( frml); ‹vacante› to fill

ocupó la presidencia del club durante varios años she held the post of o she was president of the club for several years

C

1 ‹fábrica/embajada› to occupy

2 ‹territorio› to occupy

D

1 ‹trabajadores› to provide employment for

ocupará a 120 trabajadores durante tres meses it will provide employment for 120 workers for three months

esta industria ocupa a miles de personas this industry employs thousands of people

2 (concernir) to concern

el caso que nos ocupa the case we are dealing with o which concerns us

E ‹tiempo›

¿en qué ocupas tus ratos libres? how do you spend your spare time?

me ocupa demasiado tiempo it takes up too much of my time

la redacción de la carta me ocupó toda la mañana it took me all morning to write the letter

F ( Esp) ‹armas/contrabando› to seize, confiscate

G (AmC, Chi, Méx) (usar) to use

¿estás ocupando las tijeras? are you using the scissors?

esa palabra no se ocupa en Chiapas ( Méx); they don't use that word in Chiapas

■ ocuparse

v pron

A (atender) ocuparse DE algo/algn:

¿quién se ocupa de los niños? who takes care of o looks after the children?

este departamento se ocupa de la administración this department deals with o is in charge of administration

enseguida me ocupo de usted I'll be right with you o one moment and I'll attend to you

nadie se ha ocupado de arreglarlo nobody has bothered to fix it

ya me ocuparé yo de eso I'll see to that in due course

tú ocúpate de tus cosas que de las mías me ocupo yo you mind your own business and let me take care of mine

B ( Esp arg) (ejercer la prostitución) to be a hooker (sl), to be on the game ( BrE sl)

* * *

ocupar ( conjugate ocupar) verbo transitivo
1 ‹espacio/tiempo› to take up;
◊ me ocupó toda la mañana it took up my whole morning;

¿en qué ocupas tu tiempo libre? how do you spend your spare time?
2 [ persona]
a) ( situarse en) ‹ asiento› to take;

◊ volvió a ocupar su asiento she returned to her seat, she took her seat again;

ocupaban (todo) un lado de la sala they took up one (whole) side of the room
b) ( estar en) ‹ vivienda› to live in, occupy;

‹ habitación› to be in;
‹ asiento› to be (sitting) in
c) ( en clasificación):

◊ ¿qué lugar ocupan en la liga? what position are they in the division?

d) ‹ cargo› to hold, occupy (frml);

‹ vacante› to fill
3 ‹fábrica/territorio› to occupy
4 (AmC, Chi, Méx) ( usar) to use
ocuparse verbo pronominal ocuparse DE algo/algn ‹de tarea/trabajo› to take care of sth;
‹de problema/asunto› to deal with sth;
◊ yo me ocuparé de eso I'll see to that;

ocuparse de algn ‹de niño/enfermo› to take care of sb, to look after sb
ocupar verbo transitivo
1 (espacio, tiempo) to take up
2 (un puesto) to hold, fill
3 (casa, territorio) to occupy
(ilegalmente) to squat (in)

' ocupar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
desocupada
- desocupado
- proponer
- vacía
- vacío
- abultar
- poblar
English:
by-election
- encroach
- fill
- fill in
- hold
- inside
- occupy
- reoccupy
- room
- space
- squat
- take
- take over
- take up
- move
- place
- put

* * *

ocupar

♦ vt

1. [invadir] [territorio, edificio] to occupy;

han ocupado la casa [ilegalmente] squatters have moved into the house

2. [llenar] [mente] to occupy;

¿en qué ocupas tu tiempo libre? how do you spend your spare time?;

ocupa su tiempo en estudiar she spends her time studying;

los niños me ocupan mucho tiempo the children take up a lot of my time;

este trabajo sólo te ocupará unas horas this task will only take you a few hours

3. [abarcar, utilizar] [superficie, espacio] to take up;
[habitación, piso] to live in; [mesa] to sit at; [sillón] to sit in;
ocupamos los despachos que hay al final del pasillo our offices are at the end of the corridor;

¿cuándo ocupas la casa? when do you move into the house o move in?;

los embajadores siempre ocupan las primeras filas the ambassadors always occupy the first few rows

4. [cargo, puesto, cátedra] to hold;

ocupa el primer puesto en las listas de éxitos she's top of the charts;

¿qué lugar ocupa el Flamingo en la clasificación? where are Flamingo in the league?

5. [dar trabajo a] to find o provide work for;

el sector turístico ocupa a la mayoría de la población del litoral most of the people who live on the coast are employed in the tourist industry;

ha ido ocupando a toda su familia he's found work for all of his family

6. Esp Der [confiscar]
ocupar algo a alguien to seize o confiscate sth from sb

7. CAm, Méx [usar, emplear] to use;

¿qué palabra ocuparías tú en esta oración? what word would you use in this sentence?;

en esa oficina ocupan veinte computadoras twenty computers are used in that office

♦ See also the pronominal verb ocuparse

* * *

ocupar

v/t

1 espacio take up, occupy

2 ( habitar) live in, occupy

3 obreros employ

4 periodo de tiempo spend, occupy

5 MIL occupy

* * *

ocupar vt

1) : to occupy, to take possession of

2) : to hold (a position)

3) : to employ, to keep busy

4) : to fill (space, time)

5) : to inhabit (a dwelling)

6) : to bother, to concern

♦ See also the reflexive verb ocuparse

* * *

ocupar vb

1. (llenar espacio o tiempo) to take up [pt. took; pp. taken]

tus videos ocupan toda la estantería your videos take up the whole shelf

el trabajo ocupa todo su tiempo her job takes up all her time

2. (llevar tiempo) to take [pt. took; pp. taken]

escribir la carta me ocupó dos horas it took me two hours to write the letter

3. (dedicar tiempo) to spend [pt. & pp. spent]

ocupa sus ratos libres en pintar she spends her free time painting

4. (país etc) to occupy [pt. & pp. occupied]

los estudiantes ocuparon la universidad the students occupied the university

5. (cargo, posición) to be

ocupa el puesto de director he is manager

el equipo ocupa el cuarto lugar the team is in fourth place

Spanish-English dictionary > ocupar
9 tête

tête [tεt]

━━━━━━━━━

1. feminine noun

2. compounds

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. [de personne, animal] head

• être tête nue to be bareheaded

• avoir mal à la tête to have a headache

• j'ai la tête lourde my head feels heavy

• tomber la tête la première to fall headfirst

• se laver la tête to wash one's hair

• c'est à se cogner la tête contre les murs it's enough to drive you up the wall (inf)

• j'en donnerais ma tête à couper I would stake my life on it

• des têtes vont tomber heads will roll

• faire la tête au carré à qn (inf!) to smash sb's face in (inf!)

• tenir tête à qn/qch to stand up to sb/sth

• réclamer la tête de qn to demand sb's head

• jurer sur la tête de qn to swear on sb's life

• risquer sa tête to risk one's neck

• sauver sa tête to save one's neck

• gagner d'une tête [cheval] to win by a head

• garder la tête froide to keep a cool head

• avoir la tête dure ( = têtu) to be stubborn

• être une tête de mule (inf) to be as stubborn as a mule

   b. ( = visage, expression) face

• il a une tête sympathique he has a nice face

• il a une tête sinistre he has a sinister look about him

• il a une bonne tête he looks a decent sort

• quand il a appris la nouvelle il a fait une drôle de tête ! you should have seen his face when he heard the news!

• il en fait une tête ! just look at his face!

• faire la tête to sulk

• c'est une tête à claques (inf) he has got the sort of face you'd love to smack

• c'est à la tête du client (inf) it depends on the person

• avoir ses têtes (inf) to have one's favourites

   c. ( = personne) head

• de nouvelles têtes new faces

• le repas coûtera 150 € par tête de pipe (inf!) the meal will cost 150 euros a head

   d. ( = partie supérieure) [de clou, marteau] head ; [d'arbre] top

• tête d'ail head of garlic

• tête d'épingle pinhead

   e. ( = partie antérieure) head

• l'équipe conserve la tête du classement the team retains its lead

• prendre la tête to take the lead

   f. ( = facultés mentales) avoir toute sa tête to have all one's faculties

• n'avoir rien dans la tête to be empty-headed

• où ai-je la tête ? whatever am I thinking of?

• avoir une petite tête to be dim-witted

• avoir une tête de linotte to be a scatterbrain

• être tête en l'air to be a scatterbrain

• c'est une tête (inf) he's really brainy (inf)

• c'est une tête en maths he's (or she's) really good at maths

• avoir la tête sur les épaules to be level-headed

• calculer qch de tête to work sth out in one's head

• chercher qch dans sa tête to search one's memory for sth

• fourrer qch dans la tête de qn (inf) to put sth into sb's head

• se mettre dans la tête que to get it into one's head that

• avoir la tête à ce que l'on fait to have one's mind on what one is doing

• avoir la tête ailleurs to have one's mind on other matters

• n'en faire qu'à sa tête to do as one pleases

• se prendre la tête to get in(to) a state (inf)

• il me prend la tête (inf) he drives me nuts (inf)

• la géométrie, ça me prend la tête (inf) geometry does my head in (inf)

• j'y réfléchirai à tête reposée I'll think about it when I've got a quiet moment

   g. (Football) header

• faire une tête to head the ball

   h. (locutions)

► tête baissée

• foncer or se jeter tête baissée dans to rush headlong into► la tête haute

• marcher la tête haute to walk with one's head held high► coup de tête head-butt ; (figurative) sudden impulse

• donner un coup de tête à qn to head-butt sb

• agir sur un coup de tête to act on impulse► à la tête de

• à la tête du cortège at the head of the procession

• être à la tête d'un mouvement/d'une affaire ( = diriger) to head a movement/a business

• se trouver à la tête d'une petite fortune to find o.s. the owner of a small fortune► de la tête aux pieds from head to foot

► en tête

• je n'ai plus le nom en tête I can't recall the name

• se mettre en tête de faire qch to take it into one's head to do sth

• on monte en tête ou en queue ? shall we get on at the front or the back?

• être en tête to be in the lead

• dans les sondages, il arrive largement en tête he's well ahead in the polls

• en tête de phrase at the beginning of the sentence

• être en tête de liste to come at the top of the list

• il arrive en tête du scrutin he's leading in the elections

2. <

► tête d'affiche top of the bill

• être la tête d'affiche to be top of the bill ► tête brûlée ( = baroudeur) desperado

► tête d'enregistrement recording head

► tête de lecture [de magnétophone, magnétoscope] play-back head ; (Computing) reading head

► tête de ligne terminus

► tête de liste (Politics) chief candidate (in list system of voting)

► tête de lit bedhead

► tête de mort ( = emblème) death's-head ; (sur pavillon) skull and crossbones

► tête de nœud (vulg!) dickhead (vulg!)

► tête nucléaire nuclear warhead

► tête de série (Tennis) seeded player

• il est tête de série numéro 2 he's the number 2 seed ► tête de Turc whipping boy

* * *
tɛt
nom féminin

1) gén head

la tête basse — ( humblement) with one's head bowed

la tête haute — ( dignement) with one's head held high

tête baissée — [se lancer, foncer] headlong

la tête en bas — [être suspendu, se retrouver] upside down

au-dessus de nos têtes — ( en l'air) overhead

sans tête — headless

coup de tête — headbutt

donner un coup de tête à quelqu'un — to headbutt somebody

être tombé sur la tête — (colloq) fig to have gone off one's rocker (colloq)

2) ( dessus du crâne) head

se laver la tête — to wash one's hair

j'ai la tête toute mouillée — my hair's all wet

3) ( visage) face

une bonne/sale tête — a nice/nasty face

tu en fais une tête! — what a face!, why the long face?

ne fais pas cette tête-là! — don't pull such a face!

quelle tête va-t-il faire? — how's he going to react?

il (me) fait la tête — he's sulking

ne fais pas ta mauvaise tête — don't be so difficult

elle fait sa mauvaise tête — she's being difficult

il a une tête à tricher — he looks like a cheat

tu as une tête à faire peur, aujourd'hui! — you look dreadful today!

4) ( esprit) mind

de tête — [citer, réciter] from memory; [calculer] in one's head

tu n'as pas de tête! — you have a mind like a sieve!

je n'ai pas la référence en tête — I can't recall the reference

où avais-je la tête? — whatever was I thinking of?

ça (ne) va pas, la tête? — (colloq) are you out of your mind or what?

j'avais la tête ailleurs — I was thinking of something else

n'avoir rien dans la tête — to be empty-headed

c'est lui qui t'a mis ça dans la tête! — you got that idea from him!

mets-lui ça dans la tête — drum it into him/her

se mettre dans la or en tête de faire — to take it into one's head to do

monter la tête à Pierre contre Paul — to turn Pierre against Paul

monter à la tête de quelqu'un, faire tourner la tête de quelqu'un — [alcool, succès] to go to somebody's head

elle t'a fait tourner la tête — she's turned your head

il n'est pas bien dans sa tête — (colloq) he isn't right in the head

il a encore toute sa tête (à lui) — he's still got all his faculties

n'en faire qu'à sa tête — to go one's own way

tenir tête à quelqu'un — to stand up to somebody

sur un coup de tête — on an impulse

5) ( personne) face

avoir ses têtes — to have one's favourites [BrE]

en tête à tête — [être, dîner] alone together

rencontrer quelqu'un en tête à tête — to have a meeting with somebody in private

un dîner en tête à tête — an intimate dinner for two

6) ( mesure de longueur) head

avoir une tête de plus que quelqu'un — to be a head taller than somebody

gagner d'une courte tête — [personne] to win by a narrow margin; [cheval] to win by a short head

avoir une tête d'avance sur quelqu'un — to be a short length in front of somebody

7) ( unité de troupeau) head (inv)

8) ( individu)

par tête — gén a head, each; ( dans des statistiques) per capita

par tête de pipe — (colloq) each

9) ( vie) head

vouloir la tête de quelqu'un — ( mort) to want somebody's head; ( disgrâce) to be after somebody's head

risquer sa tête — to risk one's neck (colloq)

des têtes vont tomber — fig heads will roll

10) ( direction)

le groupe de tête — the leading group

c'est lui la tête pensante du mouvement — he's the brains behind the movement

il restera à la tête du groupe — he will stay on as head of the group

prendre la tête du parti — to become leader of the party

prendre la tête des opérations — to take charge of operations

être à la tête d'une immense fortune — to be the possessor of a huge fortune

11) ( premières places) top

être en tête — (de liste, classement) to be at the top; (d'élection, de course, sondage) to be in the lead

venir en tête — to come first

marcher en tête — to walk at the front

marcher en tête d'un cortège — to head a procession

le gouvernement, le premier ministre en tête, a décidé que... — the government, led by the Prime Minister, has decided that...

des tas de gens viendront, ta femme en tête — heaps of people are coming, your wife to begin with

en tête de phrase — at the beginning of a sentence

12) ( extrémité) ( de train) front; (de convoi, cortège) head; (d'arbre, de mât) top; (de vis, rivet, clou) head

une place en tête de train — a seat at the front of the train

en tête de file — first in line

13) Sport ( au football) header

faire une tête — to head the ball

14) Armée ( d'engin) warhead

15) ( en électronique) (d'enregistrement, effacement) head; ( d'électrophone) cartridge

tête de lecture — (de magnétophone, magnétoscope) head

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- tête d'affiche

- tête en l'air

- tête brûlée

- tête de chapitre

- tête à claques

- tête de cochon

- tête d'épingle

- tête de lard

- tête de linotte

- tête de liste

- tête de lit

- tête de mort

- tête de mule

- tête d'oiseau

- tête de pioche

- tête de série

- tête de Turc

••

j'en mettrais ma tête à couper or sur le billot — I'd swear to it

en avoir par-dessus la tête — (colloq) to be fed up to the back teeth (colloq)

se prendre la tête à deux mains — (colloq) ( pour réfléchir) to rack one's brains (colloq)

prendre la tête — (colloq) to be a drag (colloq)

se prendre la tête — (colloq) to do one's head in (colloq)

te prends pas la tête pour ça! — don't worry about it!

* * *
tɛt nf
1) [personne, animal] head

de la tête aux pieds — from head to toe

la tête en bas — with one's head down

la tête la première [tomber] — head first

se laver la tête — to wash one's hair

gagner d'une (courte) tête — to win by a (short) head

2) (= visage, expression) face

faire la tête — to sulk

3) FOOTBALL header

faire une tête — to head the ball, to do a header

4) (= position)

wagon de tête — front carriage

en tête SPORT — in the lead, (d'un cortège) at the front, at the head

en tête de SPORT — leading, [cortège] leading

en tête de la course — in the lead

en tête des meilleures ventes — at the top of the best-seller list

à la tête de [organisation] — at the head of, in charge of

prendre la tête de [peloton, course] — to take the lead in, [organisation, société] to become the head of

5) (autres locutions)

calculer qch de tête — to work sth out in one's head, to do a mental calculation of sth

avoir la tête dure — to be thickheaded

perdre la tête (= s'affoler) — to lose one's head, (= devenir fou) to go off one's head

ça ne va pas, la tête? * — are you crazy?

se mettre en tête que — to get it into one's head that

se mettre en tête de faire — to take it into one's head to do

une forte tête — a rebel

la tête basse — hanging one's head

par tête — per head

tenir tête à qn — to stand up to sb, to defy sb

en avoir par-dessus la tête — to be fed up

* * *

tête ⇒ Le corps humain nf

1 gén (d'animal, insecte, de personne, plante) head; bouger la tête to move one's head; dessiner une tête de femme to draw a woman's head; statue à tête de chien statue with a dog's head; en pleine tête (right) in the head; blessure à la tête head injury; frapper qn à la tête to hit sb on the head; la tête la première [tomber, plonger] head first; la tête basse ( humblement) with one's head bowed; la tête haute ( dignement) with one's head held high; garder la tête haute fig to hold one's head high; tête baissée [se lancer, foncer] headlong; la tête en bas [être suspendu, se retrouver] upside down; au-dessus de nos têtes ( en l'air) overhead; sans tête [corps, cadavre] headless; coup de tête headbutt; donner un coup de tête à qn to headbutt sb; tomber sur la tête lit to fall on one's head; être tombé sur la tête○ fig to have gone off one's rocker○; salut, p’tite tête○! hello, bonehead○!; ⇒ bille, coûter, donner, gros;

2 ( dessus du crâne) head; se couvrir/se gratter la tête to cover/to scratch one's head; avoir la tête rasée to have a shaven head; sortir tête nue or sans rien sur la tête to go out bareheaded; se laver la tête to wash one's hair; j'ai la tête toute mouillée my hair's all wet;

3 ( visage) face; une bonne/sale tête a nice/nasty face; il a une belle tête he's got a nice face; si tu avais vu ta tête! you should have seen your face!; t'as vu la tête qu'il a tirée○? did you see his face?; tu en fais une tête! what a face you're pulling!; ne fais pas cette tête-là! don't pull such a face!; faire une tête longue comme ça○ to look miserable; il a fait une drôle de tête quand il m'a vu he pulled a face when he saw me; quelle tête va-t-il faire? how's he going to react?; faire une tête de circonstance to assume a suitable expression; à cette nouvelle, il a changé de tête on hearing this, his face fell; il (me) fait la tête he's sulking; ne fais pas ta mauvaise tête don't be so difficult; elle fait sa mauvaise tête she's being difficult; il a une tête à tricher he looks like a cheat; elle a une tête à être du quartier she looks like a local; tu as une tête à faire peur, aujourd'hui! you look dreadful today!; se faire la or une tête de Pierrot to make oneself up as (a) Pierrot; ⇒ six;

4 ( esprit) de tête [citer, réciter] from memory; [calculer] in one's head; tu n'as pas de tête! you have a mind like a sieve!; avoir en tête de faire to have it in mind to do; avoir qch en tête to have sth in mind; j'ai bien d'autres choses en tête pour le moment I've got a lot of other things on my mind at the moment; je n'ai pas la référence en tête I can't recall the reference; où avais-je la tête? whatever was I thinking of?; ça (ne) va pas, la tête○? are you feeling all right?; j'ai la tête vide my mind is a blank; j'avais la tête ailleurs I was dreaming, I was thinking of something else; elle n'a pas la tête à ce qu'elle fait her mind isn't on what she's doing; avoir la tête pleine de projets, avoir des projets plein la tête to have one's head full of plans; quand il a quelque chose dans la or en tête, il ne l'a pas ailleurs○ once he's got GB ou gotten US something into his head, he can't think of anything else; n'avoir rien dans la tête to be empty-headed, to be an airhead○; c'est lui qui t'a mis ça dans la tête! you got that idea from him!; mets-lui ça dans la tête drum it into him/her; se mettre dans la or en tête que to get it into one's head that; se mettre dans la or en tête de faire to take it into one's head to do; mets-toi bien ça dans la tête! get it into your head once and for all!; mettez-vous dans la tête que je ne signerai pas get it into your head that I won't sign; passer par la tête de qn [idée] to cross sb's mind; on ne sait jamais ce qui leur passe par la tête you never know what's going through their minds; passer au-dessus de la tête de qn to be ou go (right) over sb's head; sortir de la tête de qn to slip sb's mind; ça m'est sorti de la tête it slipped my mind; cette fille lui a fait perdre la tête he's lost his head over that girl; monter la tête à Pierre contre Paul to turn Pierre against Paul; j'ai la tête qui tourne my head's spinning; ça me fait tourner la tête it's making my head spin; monter à la tête, faire tourner la tête de qn [alcool, succès] to go to sb's head; elle t'a fait tourner la tête she's turned your head; il n'est pas bien dans sa tête○ he isn't right in the head; il a encore toute sa tête (à lui) he's still got all his faculties ou marbles○; il n'a plus sa tête à lui he's no longer in possession of all his faculties, he's lost his marbles○; n'en faire qu'à sa tête to go one's own way; tenir tête à qn to stand up to sb; sur un coup de tête on an impulse; ⇒ fort;

5 ( personne) face; j'ai déjà vu cette tête-là quelque part I've seen that face somewhere before; voir de nouvelles têtes to see new faces; avoir ses têtes to have one's favourites^GB; en tête à tête [être, rester, dîner] alone together; être (en) tête à tête avec qn to be alone with sb; rencontrer qn en tête à tête to have a meeting with sb in private; un dîner en tête à tête an intimate dinner for two;

6 ( mesure de longueur) head; avoir une tête de plus que qn, dépasser qn d'une tête to be a head taller than sb; gagner d'une courte tête [personne] to win by a narrow margin; [cheval] to win by a short head; avoir une tête d'avance sur qn to be a short length in front of sb;

7 ( unité de troupeau) head ( inv); 30 têtes de bétail 30 head of cattle; un troupeau de 500 têtes a herd of 500 head;

8 ( individu) par tête gén a head, each; Stat per capita; par tête de pipe○ each; ça fera 100 euros par tête it'll be 100 euros each ou a head; le PNB par tête the per capita GNP;

9 ( vie) head; ma tête est mise à prix there's a price on my head; vouloir la tête de qn ( mort) to want sb's head; ( disgrâce) to be after sb's head; risquer sa tête to risk one's neck○; des têtes vont tomber fig heads will roll;

10 ( direction) frapper une révolte à la tête to go for the leaders of an uprising; le groupe de tête the leading group; c'est lui la tête pensante du projet/mouvement/gang he's the brains behind the project/movement/gang; être à la tête d'un mouvement/parti to be at the head of a movement/party; il restera à la tête du groupe he will stay on as head of the group; il a été nommé à la tête du groupe he was appointed head of the group; on l'a rappelé à la tête de l'équipe he was called back to head up ou lead the team; prendre la tête du parti to become leader of the party; prendre la tête des opérations to take charge of operations; être à la tête d'une immense fortune to be the possessor of a huge fortune;

11 ( premières places) top; les él èves qui forment la tête de la classe the pupils at the top of the class; les candidats en tête de liste the candidates at the top of the list; être en tête (de liste, classement) to be at the top; (d'élection, de course, sondage) to be in the lead; venir en tête to come first; marcher en tête to walk at the front; à la tête d'un cortège at the head of a procession; marcher en tête d'un cortège to head ou lead a procession; il est en tête au premier tour Pol he's in the lead after the first round; il est en tête dans les sondages he's leading in the polls; l'équipe de tête au championnat the leading team in the championship; arriver en tête [coureur] to come in first; [candidat] to come first; le gouvernement, le premier ministre en tête, a décidé que… the government, led by the Prime Minister, has decided that…; des tas de gens viendront, ta femme en tête heaps of people are coming, your wife to begin with; en tête de phrase at the beginning of a sentence;

12 ( extrémité) ( de train) front; (de convoi, cortège) head; (d'arbre, de mât) top; (de vis, rivet, clou) head; les wagons de tête the front carriages GB ou cars US; une place en tête de train a seat at the front of the train; je préfère m'asseoir en tête I prefer to sit at the front; la tête du convoi s'est engagée sur le pont the head of the convoy went onto the bridge; l'avion a rasé la tête des arbres the plane clipped the tops of the trees ou the treetops; en tête de file first in line; ⇒ queue;

13 Sport ( au football) header; faire une tête to head the ball;

14 Mil ( d'engin) warhead; tête chimique/nucléaire chemical/nuclear warhead; missile à têtes multiples multiple-warhead missile;

15 Électron (d'enregistrement, effacement) head; ( d'électrophone) cartridge; tête de lecture (de magnétophone, magnétoscope) head.

Composés

tête d'affiche Cin, Théât top of the bill; tête d'ail Bot, Culin head of garlic; tête en l'air scatterbrain; être tête en l'air to be scatterbrained; tête blonde ( enfant) little one; nos chères têtes blondes hum our little darlings; tête brûlée daredevil; tête de chapitre chapter heading; tête chercheuse Mil homing device; missile à tête chercheuse homing missile; tête à claques○ pain○; quelle tête à claques, ce type! he's somebody you could cheerfully punch in the face; tête de cochon○ = tête de lard; tête couronnée crowned head; tête de delco® Aut distributor cap; tête d'écriture Ordinat write ou writing head; tête d'effacement Ordinat erase ou erasing head; tête d'épingle lit, fig pinhead; tête flottante Ordinat floating head; tête de lard○ péj ( têtu) mule; ( mauvais caractère) grouch; tête de ligne Transp end of the line; tête de linotte scatterbrain; tête de liste Pol chief candidate; tête de lit bedhead GB, headboard; tête magnétique magnetic head; tête de mort ( crâne) skull; ( symbole de mort) death's head; ( emblème de pirates) skull and crossbones (+ v sg); tête de mule○ mule; être une vraie tête de mule to be as stubborn as a mule; tête de nègre Culin chocolate marshmallow; tête de nœud● offensive prick●; tête d'oiseau○ péj featherbrain; tête de pioche○ = tête de mule; tête de pont Mil bridgehead; tête de série Sport seeded player; tête de série numéro deux number two seed; tête de Turc○ whipping boy; être la tête de Turc de qn to be sb's whipping boy; tête de veau Culin calf's head.

Idiomes

j'en mettrais ma tête à couper or sur le billot I'd put my head on the block; en avoir par-dessus la tête to be fed up to the back teeth○ (de with); se prendre la tête à deux mains ( pour réfléchir)○ to rack one's brains○; prendre la tête○, être une (vraie) prise de tête○ to be a drag○.

[tɛt] nom féminin

A.[PARTIE DU CORPS]

1. ANATOMIE head

la tête haute with (one's) head held high

la tête la première head first

de la tête aux pieds from head to foot ou toe

avoir mal à la tête to have a headache

avoir la tête lourde to have a thick head (UK), to feel fuzzy

j'ai la tête qui tourne [malaise] my head is spinning

ne tourne pas la tête, elle nous regarde don't look round, she's watching us

dès qu'il m'a vu, il a tourné la tête as soon as he saw me, he looked away

en avoir par-dessus la tête (familier) to be sick (and tired) of it

avoir la tête sur les épaules to have a good head on one's shoulders

faire une grosse tête (familier) ou la tête au carré (familier) à quelqu'un to smash somebody's head ou face in

j'en donnerais ou j'en mettrais ma tête à couper I'd stake my life on it

être tombé sur la tête (familier) to have a screw loose

il ne réfléchit jamais, il fonce tête baissée he always charges in ou ahead without thinking

se cogner ou se taper la tête contre les murs to bang one's head against a (brick) wall

se jeter à la tête de quelqu'un to throw oneself at somebody

2. [en référence à la chevelure, à la coiffure]

se laver la tête to wash one's hair

tête nue bareheaded

nos chères têtes blondes [les enfants] our little darlings

3. [visage, expression] face

avoir une bonne tête to look like a nice person

ne fais pas cette tête! don't pull (UK) ou make such a long face!

il a fait une de ces têtes quand je lui ai dit! you should have seen his face when I told him!

elle n'a pas une tête à se laisser faire she doesn't look the sort to be pushed around

il a ou c'est une tête à claques (familier) you just want to smack him in the mouth

tête de nœud (vulgaire) dickhead (vulgaire)

faire la tête to sulk

faire la tête à quelqu'un to ignore somebody

avec lui, c'est à la tête du client

a. [restaurant] he charges what he feels like

b. [professeur] he gives you a good mark if he likes your face

4. [mesure] head

il a une tête de plus que son frère he's a head taller than his brother

5. CUISINE head

tête pressée (Belgique) [fromage de tête] pork brawn (UK), headcheese (US)

6. SPORT header

B.[SIÈGE DE LA PENSÉE]

1. [siège des pensées, de l'imagination, de la mémoire] mind, head

il a des rêves plein la tête he's a dreamer

une drôle d'idée m'est passée par la tête I had a strange idea

se mettre dans la tête que to get it into one's head that

se mettre dans la tête ou en tête de faire quelque chose to make up one's mind to do something

une tête bien faite Montaigne (allusion) a good mind

avoir la grosse tête (familier) to be big-headed

avoir toute sa tête to have all one's faculties

faire sa mauvaise tête to dig one's heels in

avoir la tête chaude, avoir la tête près du bonnet to be quick-tempered

monter la tête à quelqu'un to give somebody (big) ideas

monter à la tête de quelqu'un

a. [succès] to go to somebody's head

b. [chagrin] to unbalance somebody

se monter la tête to get carried away

tourner la tête à quelqu'un to turn somebody's head

avoir la tête vide/dure to be empty-headed/stubborn

il est tête en l'air he's got his head in the clouds

excuse-moi, j'avais la tête ailleurs sorry, I was thinking about something else ou I was miles away

il n'a pas de tête [il est étourdi] he is scatterbrained ou a scatterbrain

ça m'est sorti de la tête I forgot, it slipped my mind

il ne sait plus où donner de la tête he doesn't know whether he's coming or going

n'en faire qu'à sa tête to do exactly as one pleases

je le lirai à tête reposée I'll take the time to read it in a quiet moment

2. [sang-froid, présence d'esprit] head

avoir ou garder la tête froide to keep a cool head

C.[PERSONNE, ANIMAL]

1. [individu] person

plusieurs têtes connues several familiar faces

prendre une assurance sur la tête de quelqu'un to take out an insurance policy on somebody

être une tête de lard ou de mule to be as stubborn as a mule, to be pig-headed

tête de linotte ou d'oiseau ou sans cervelle scatterbrain

tête de cochon bloody-minded individual

tête couronnée crowned head

forte tête rebel

une grosse tête (familier) a brain

petite tête (familier) pinhead

avoir ses têtes (familier) to have one's favourites

2. [vie d'une personne] head, neck

le procureur réclame la tête de l'accusé the prosecution is demanding the prisoner's execution

jouer ou risquer sa tête to risk one's skin

sauver sa tête to save one's skin ou neck

3. [meneur, leader] head, leader

les têtes pensantes du comité the brains of the committee

4. [animal d'un troupeau] head (invariable)

D.[PARTIE HAUTE, PARTIE AVANT, DÉBUT]

1. [faîte] top

la tête d'un arbre a treetop

2. [partie avant] front end

la tête du train the front of the train

tête de lit bedhead

mets la tête du lit vers le nord turn the head of the bed towards the north

prendre la tête du défilé to head ou to lead the procession

prendre la tête

a. [marcher au premier rang] to take the lead

b. [commander, diriger] to take over

tête de ligne

a. [généralement] terminus, end of the line

b. RAIL railhead

3. [début]

faites ressortir les têtes de chapitres make the chapter headings stand out

4. [dans un classement] top, head

les dix élèves qui forment la tête de la classe the ten best pupils in the class

tête d'affiche top of the bill

tête de série SPORT seeded player

tête de série numéro huit number eight seed

5. [extrémité - d'un objet, d'un organe] head ; [ - d'un os] head, caput

tête d'ail head of garlic

tête de bielle big end

tête d'épingle pinhead

gros comme une tête d'épingle the size of a pinhead

6. ACOUSTIQUE head

tête d'effacement erase head

tête de lecture head

7. IMPRIMERIE head, top

8. INFORMATIQUE head

9. MILITAIRE head

tête de pont

a. [sur rivière] bridgehead

b. [sur plage] beachhead

10. PHYSIQUE NUCLÉAIRE head

tête chercheuse homing device

tête nucléaire nuclear warhead

à la tête de locution prépositionnelle

1. [en possession de]

elle s'est trouvée à la tête d'une grosse fortune she found herself in possession of a great fortune

2. [au premier rang de] at the head ou front of

à la tête d'un groupe de mécontents heading a group of protesters

3. [à la direction de] in charge of, at the head of

être à la tête d'une société to head a company

il est à la tête d'un cabinet d'assurances he runs an insurance firm

————————

de tête locution adjectivale

1. [femme, homme] able

2. [convoi, voiture] front (avant nom)

3. IMPRIMERIE head (modificateur)

————————

de tête locution adverbiale

[calculer] in one's head

de tête, je dirais que nous étions vingt at a guess I'd say there were twenty of us

————————

en tête locution adverbiale

1. [devant]

monter en tête to go to the front

être en tête

a. [généralement] to be at the front

b. [dans une course, une compétition] to (be in the) lead

2. [à l'esprit]

avoir quelque chose en tête to have something in mind

je ne l'ai plus en tête I can't remember it

en tête à tête locution adverbiale

alone together

dîner en tête à tête avec quelqu'un to have a quiet dinner (alone) with somebody

en tête de locution prépositionnelle

1. [au début de] at the beginning ou start of

tous les mots placés en tête de phrase the first word of every sentence

2. [à l'avant de] at the head ou front of

les dirigeants syndicaux marchent en tête du défilé the union leaders are marching at the head of the procession

3. [au premier rang de] at the top of

en tête des sondages leading the polls

————————

par tête locution adverbiale

per head, a head, apiece

ça coûtera 40 euros par tête it'll cost 40 euros a head ou per head ou apiece

par tête de pipe (familier)

→ link=parpar tête

————————

sur la tête de locution prépositionnelle

1. [sur la personne de]

le mécontentement populaire s'est répercuté sur la tête du Premier ministre popular discontent turned towards the Prime Minister

2. [au nom de] in the name of

3. [en prêtant serment]

je le jure sur la tête de mes enfants I swear on my mother's grave

————————

tête brûlée nom féminin

hothead

————————

tête de mort nom féminin

1. [crâne] skull

2. [emblème] death's head, skull and crossbones

————————

tête de nègre

→ link=tête-de-nègretête-de-nègre (nom féminin)

————————

tête de Turc nom féminin

whipping boy, scapegoat

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tête

10 LYRITR

(gen. -ar), m. veto, interdict; verja e-t lýriti, to put a veto on, forbid by law.

* * *

m., or better lýritr or lýrittr, gen. lyritar (but lyrits, Grág. ii. 233), dat. lyriti, plur. lyritar. N. G. L. ii. 94, Jb. 193; the quantity cannot be ascertained because the vellums do not distinguish between long and short vowels; it is spelt with one t throughout the Grág. (Kb.); the alliterative phrase lagalyritr, as also the invariable spelling in the Grágás, shew that the word had no initial h. Former attempts at an etymology, from læ and rifta (Björn á Skarðsá), hlýrar and réttir (Pal Vídal.), lygi and rift (Fritzner), must be dismissed; tiie spelling lyriftar, which once or twice occurs in Norse MSS. of the 14th century (N. G. L. i. 394, ii. 94, v. l. 19), is probably a mere corruption. Lyritr is a compd word from lög, law, and rör or reyr, a landmark, which word in the old Swed. law exactly answers to lyrit in the Norse law; lyrit is thus qs. lý-ryr-ti, by assimilation and by weakening the y into i, lyritti; the t being inflexive: its literal sense, therefore, is a lawful rör or landmark. In Sweden there were often five mark-stones, but it is added (Schlyter iii. s. v. rör)—fiuri stenar oc þri stenar mughu rör heta = four stones and even three stones may be called rör, i. e. make a ‘law-rör,’ a lawful landmark, a lyrit; this, we believe, is the etymology of this much-contested word. About the gender (masc., not fem.) there can be no doubt, from the numerous instances in the Grágás; but in the 13th century the word began to become neuter, thus we have lyritit, Grág. (Kb.) i. 103, lines 14 and 21, but lyritinn several times in the same page: nom. lyriti in Grág. (Sb.) ii. 226; and elalausu lyriti, Nj. passim.

B. SENSE:

I. prop. when the boundary of a field or estate was to be drawn, the law prescribed that a mark-stone (mark-steinn) should be raised on the spot, and three other stones laid beside it; these three stones were called landmark-stones (lyrit-steinar or lyritar); by their number and position they were distinguished from all other stones in the field, see N. G. L. ii. 94, cp. note 19 (Jb. 193).

II. metaph. in the Icel. law, a full title of possession, lawful claim to right or property; thus defined by Konrad Maurer—‘Lyrit bedeutet in der Grágás und in den ältern Sagas, das volle Eigentums-recht, oder auch den Bann, der dem Grunde gentümer zum Schutze seines Eigentumes, dem Goden aber Kraft seiner Amtsgewalt zusteht:’

1. the earliest kind was probably the land-lyrit or ‘land-ban;’ this law term was originally borrowed from the mark-stones themselves, and then came to mean a full title to land, field, pasture, or estate, Grág. ii. 224, 225:—eignar-lyritr, full lawful possession, a legal title of ownership; hafa eignar-lyrit fyrir landi, 204, 222.

2. a veto; Goða-lyritr, the veto of a Goði ( Priest), forbidding the court or neighbours to deliver a sentence or verdict in a case, and thus quashing the suit. A Goði alone, by virtue of his office, was entitled to stop a court in this way, whether personally or by one of his liegemen, so that if any one else wished thus to stop a suit, he had first to go to his liegelord (Goði) and be authorised by him to do so; cp. the phrases, taka lyrit af Goða, selja lyrit, ef Goði færir lyrit sinn sjálfr fram, and similar law phrases, Grág. i. 109–111, cp. esp. Þ. Þ. ch. 38; neglect of this was contempt of court, punishable by the lesser outlawry. The word lyritr occurs at every step in the Grágás, esp. in the phrase, verja lyriti, or verja e-t lyriti, to defend through a lyrit, i. e. to put under veto, to vindicate one’s right, forbid, or the like; eigi varðar hagabeit, nema lyriti sé varið, Grág. ii. 224; verja lyriti haga, 225; þótt maðr veri fleirum lyriti (dat.), 226, Nj.; láta lyrit koma fyrir sök, to stop on a case, Grág. i. 109; kaupa land lagn kaupi ok lyritar, to buy land by a lawful bargain and with full tide of possession, ii. 213; eptir þat nefndi Þorkéll sér vátta, ok setti (varði?) þeim lyriti, ok fyrirbauð þeim at dæma, Lv. 31; ok er únýt stefna hans eðr lyriti (lyritr?), Grág. ii. 226; hann (the Goði) skal nefna sér vátta, áðr hann færi lyrit fram, í þat vætti, at ek ver lyriti, goða-lyriti, löglyriti fullum dómendum at dæma um sök þá … enda skal hann svá verja kviðmönnum lyriti, at bera kviðu um hann, i. 111; ek ver lyriti mínum, löglyriti dómendum at dæma, id.; færa lyrit sinn fram, to utter one’s veto, id.; fara með land-lyriti, ii. 225.

COMPDS: lyritareiðr, lyritarvarzla, lyritarvörn.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LYRITR

11 स

sa
1) the last of the three sibilants (it belongs to the dental class andﾠ in sound corresponds to s in sin)

2) (in prosody) an anapest
3) (in music) an abbreviated term for shaḍ-ja
4) (only L.) m. a snake;
air, wind;
a bird;
N. of Vishṇu orﾠ Ṡiva;
(ā) f. N. of Lakshmi orﾠ Gaurī;
n. knowledge;
meditation;
a carriage road;
a fence
5) mfn. (fr. san) procuring, bestowing (only ifc.;
cf. palu-shá andﾠ priya-sá)
6) the actual base for the nom. case of the 3rd pers. pron. tád q.v. (occurring only in the nom. sg. mf. <sá orﾠ sás, sā>, andﾠ in the Ved. loc. < sásmin RV. I, 152, 6; I, 174, 4; X, 95, 11 >;
the final s of the nom. m. is dropped before all consonants
<except before p in RV. V, 2, 4, andﾠ before t in RV. VIII, 33, 16 >
andﾠ appears only at the end of a sentence in the form of Visarga;
sa occasionally blends with another vowel <as in saî ̱shaḥ>;
andﾠ it is often for emphasis connected with another pron. as with aham, tvam, esha, ayam etc. <e.g.. so'ham satvam, « I ( orﾠ thou) that very person» ;
cf. under tád>, the verb then following in the 1st andﾠ 2nd pers. even if aham orﾠ tvam be omitted <e.g.. sa tvāpṛicchāmi « I that very person ask you» BṛĀrUp. ;
sa vainobrūhi « do thou tell us» ṠBr. >;
similarly, to denote emphasis, with bhavān <e.g.. sabhavānvijayāyapratishṭhatām, « let your Highness set out for victory» Ṡak. >;
it sometimes < andﾠ frequently in the Brāhmaṇas> stands as the first word of a sentence preceding a rel. pronoun orﾠ adv. such as ya, yad, yadi, yathā, cêd;
in this position sa may be used pleonastically orﾠ as a kind of ind., even where another gender orﾠ number is required <e.g.. sayadi sthāvarāāpobhananti, « if those waters are stagnant» ṠBr. >;
in the Sāṃkhya sa, like esha, ka, andﾠ ya, is used to denote Purusha, « the Universal Soul») RV. etc. etc.
+ cf. Zd. hā, hā;
Gk., ἡ
7) ind. (connected with saha, sam, sama, andﾠ occasionally in BhP. standing for saha with instr.) an inseparable prefix expressing « junction», « conjunction», « possession» (as opp. to a priv.), « similarity», « equality» ;
andﾠ when compounded with nouns to form adjectives andﾠ adverbs it may be translated by « with», « together orﾠ along with», « accompanied by», « added to», « having», « possessing», « containing», « having the same»
<cf. sa-kopa, sâ̱gni, sa-bhāya, sa-droṇa, sa-dharman, sa-varṇa>;
orﾠ it may = « ly», as in sa-kopam, « angrily», sôpadhi, « fraudulently») RV. etc. etc.
+ cf. Gk. ἁ in ἁπλοῦς;
Lat. sim in simplex; sem in semel, semper
Eng. same
seeﾠ 5. sa
(to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- सकार
- सकर

Sanskrit-English dictionary > स

12 पूर्व _pūrva

पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.)

1 Being in front of, first, foremost.

-2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1.

-3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276.

-4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1.

-5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1.

-6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned.

-7 Initial.

-8 Established, customary, of long standing

-9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life.

-1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8.

-11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c.

-र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17.

-र्वम् The fore- part; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4.

-र्वा 1 The east

-2 N. of a country to the east of Madhya- deśa.

-र्वम् ind.

1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्.

-2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, before- hand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.'

-3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto';

पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'first- then, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently',

पूर्वम् -अधुना or

-अद्य 'formerly-now.'

-Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य).

-अङ्गः the first day in the civil month.

-अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise.

-अधिकारिन् m. the first occu- pant, a prior owner.

-अन्तः the end of a preceding word.

- अपर a.

1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1.

-2 first and last.

-3 prior and subsequent, pre- ceding and following.

-4 connected with another.

(-रम्) 1 what is before and behind.

-2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56.

-3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity.

-अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east.

-अभ्यासः former practice or experience.

-अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean.

-अर्जित a. attained by former works. (

-तम्) ancestral property.

-अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c.

-2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6.

-3 the first half of a hemistich.

-अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34.

-अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon).

-आवेदकः a plaintiff.

-आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion con- sisting of two stars.

- इतर a. western.

-उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid,

-उत्तर a. north-eastern. (

-रा) the north-east. (

-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent.

-कर्मन् n.

1 a former act or work.

-2 the first thing to be done, a prior work.

-3 actions done in a former life.

-4 preparations, preliminary arrangements.

-कल्पः former times.

-कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7.

-2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45.

-काल a. belonging to ancient times. (

-लः) former or ancient times.

-कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient.

-काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter.

-कृत a. previously done. (

-तम्) an act done in a former life.

-कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v.

-क्रिया preparation.

-गा N. of the river Godāvarī.

-गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183.

-चोदित a.

1 aforesaid, above-men- tioned.

-2 previously stated or advanced (as an objec- tion.

-ज a.

1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11.

-2 ancient, old.

-3 eastern.

(-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36.

-2 the son of the elder wife.

-3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34.

-4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind.

-5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (

-जा) an elder sister.

-जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95.

-जातिः f. a former birth.

-ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life.

-तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्.

-दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (

-णा) the south-east.

-दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east.

-दिनम् the forenoon.

-दिश् f. the east.

-दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern.

-दिष्टम् the award of destiny.

-दृष्ट a.

1 primæval.

-2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87.

-देवः 1 an ancient deity.

-2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58.

-3 a progenitor (पितृ).

-4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख).

-देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192.

-देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India.

-द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region.

-निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात.

-निमित्त an omen.

-निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281.

-पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side.

-2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5.

-3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्.

-4 the first objection to an argument.

-5 the statement of the plaintiff.

-6 a suit at law.

-7 an assertion, a proposi- tion. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding.

-पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence.

-पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise.

-पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west.

-पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañch- ālas.

-पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east.

-पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra.

-पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21.

-पीठिका introduction.

-पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā.

-2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89.

-3 an ancestor in general.

-पूर्व a. each preceding one. (

-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers.

-प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13.

-फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter.

-बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk.

-भवः a former life.

-भागः 1 the forepart.

-2 the upper part.

-भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars.

-भावः 1 priority.

-2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K.

-3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention.

-भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous.

-भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252.

-भूत a. preceding, previous.

-मध्याह्नः the forenoon.

-मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167.

-मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा.

-मुख a. having the face turned towards the east.

-याम्य a. south-eastern.

-रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. there- on).

-रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214.

-रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight).

-रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen.

-2 a symptom of occuring disease.

-3 the first of two con- current vowels or consonants that is retained.

-4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state.

-लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness.

-वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth.

-वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous.

-वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance.

-वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā.

-वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff.

-विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44.

-विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other.

-विहित a. deposited before.

-वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1.

-2 previous conduct.

-वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an ag- gressor.

-शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn.

-शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत.

-सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98.

-संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15.

-सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4.

-सर a. going in front.

-सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32.

-साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281.

-स्थितिः f. former or first state.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पूर्व _pūrva

13 igitur

ĭgĭtur, conj. [pronom. stem i- of is; suffix -ha (-dha); Gr. -tha; Sanscr. -iha, here; -tur, = -tus (Sanscr. -tas), as in penitus, antiquitus, etc., from thence], introduces an inference or deduction, then, therefore, thereupon, accordingly, in these circumstances (in class. prose usu. placed after the first word of the clause; cf. below, III.; syn.: itaque, ergo; cf.: eo, ideo, idcirco, propterea; quamobrem, quare, etc.).
I.
In gen. (rare):
SI. IN. IVS. VOCAT. NI. IT. ANTESTATOR. IGITVR EM. CAPITO, Fragm. XII. Tab.: mox magis, cum otium mihi et tibi erit, igitur tecum loquar,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 39:
quando habebo, igitur rationem mearum fabricarum dabo,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 177; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 17:
cetera consimili mentis ratione peragrans, Invenies igitur multarum semina rerum Corpore celare, etc.,
Lucr. 2, 677.—
II.
In partic.
A.
Pleon., with tum, deinde, or demum, then at length, then certainly, then first:
ubi emeritum'st stipendium, igitur tum Specimen cernitur, quo eveniat aedificatio,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 51:
tum igitur tibi aquae erit cupido,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 50:
igitur tum accedam hunc, quando quid agam invenero,
id. Most. 3, 1, 159:
post id igitur deinde faciam palam,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 29:
miserumst opus, igitur demum fodere puteum, ubi sitis fauces tenet,
id. Most. 2, 1, 32:
igitur demum omnes scient quae facta,
id. Am. 1, 2, 11; 1, 1, 145:
post igitur demum faciam ut res flat palam,
id. ib. 3, 1, 16:
demum igitur, quom seis jam senex, tum in otium te conloces, etc.,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 9.—
B.
In drawing a logical conclusion (but not with et, atque, que; v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 540), therefore, accordingly, consequently: St. Ligna hic apud nos nulla sunt. Co. Sunt asseres. St. Sunt pol. Co. Sunt igitur ligna, Plaut. Aul. 2, 6, 8:
si enim est aliquid in rerum natura, quod hominis mens, quod ratio, quod vis, quod potestas humana efficere non possit, est certe id, quod illud efficit, homine melius. Atqui res caelestes omnesque eae, quarum est ordo sempiternus, ab homine confici non possunt. Est igitur id, quo illa conficiuntur, homine melius,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 16: quid ergo haec ab illa conclusione differt, Si mentiris, mentiris;
mentiris autem, mentiris igitur?
id. Ac. 2, 30, 96; id. Tusc. 4, 17, 40: quodsi melius geruntur, quae consilio, quam quae sine consilio administrantur;
nihil autem omnium rerum melius quam omnis mundus administratur: consilio igitur mundus administratur, Quint 5, 14, 9: quod cum ita sit, certe nec secerni nec dividi nec discerpi nec distrahi potest, ne interire quidem igitur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 82; 1, 36, 88: sequitur, ut nihil paeniteat, nihil desit, nihil obstet: ergo omnia profluenter, absolute, prospere;
igitur beate,
id. ib. 5, 18, 53; so,
corresp. with ergo,
id. Lael. 14 fin., and 15 init.:
atqui falsum quod est, id percipi non potest, ut vobismet ipsis placet. Si igitur memoria perceptarum comprehensarumque rerum est: omnia, etc.,
id. Fin. 2, 33, 106.—
C.
In consecutive interrogations, then:
dolor igitur, id est summum malum, metuetur semper, etiam si non aderit: jam enim adesse poterit. Qui potest igitur habitare in beata vita summi mali metus?
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 92; cf.:
utrum igitur hactenus satis est?
id. Top. 4, 25:
in quo igitur loco est? credo equidem in capite,
id. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
ubi igitur locus fuit errori deorum?
id. N. D. 3, 31, 76:
possumusne igitur in Antonii latrocinio aeque esse tuti?
id. Phil. 12, 12, 27; cf.:
totiesne igitur sententiam mutas?
id. Att. 8, 14, 2:
cur has igitur sibi tam graves leges imposuerit, cum? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 8, 23.—In ironical or sarcastic interrog. clauses:
igitur hocine est amare? arare mavelim quam sic amare,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 20:
dicet aliquis: Haec igitur est tua disciplina? sic tu instituis adulescentes?
Cic. Cael. 17, 39; id. Fam. 9, 10, 2:
id indigne ferens ille: Hunc igitur, regem agnoscimus, inquit?
Curt. 6, 11, 23:
quin igitur ulciscimur Graeciam et urbi faces subdimus?
id. 5, 7, 4; cf. id. 10, 6, 23.—
D.
In resuming an interrupted thought:
cum Q. Metellus L. F. causam de pecuniis repetundis diceret, ille, ille vir, cui patriae salus dulcior quam conspectus fuit, qui de civitate decedere quam de sententia maluit: hoc igitur causam dicente, cum, etc.,
Cic. Balb. 5, 11; id. Off. 1, 2, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 13, 30; id. Brut. 48, 177 al.—Esp. after a parenthesis: recta effectio (katorthôsin enim ita appello, quoniam rectum factum katorthôma) recta igitur effectio crescendi accessionem nullam habet, Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 45; 2, 22, 74:
scripsi etiam (nam etiam ab orationibus dijungo me fere, etc.) scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, etc.,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
tu enim sapienter (nunc demum enim rescribo iis litteris, quas mihi misisti convento Antonio Tiburi) sapienter igitur, quod manus dedisti, etc.,
id. Att. 16, 3, 1:
rerum autem cognitiones (quas vel comprehensiones vel perceptiones appellemus licet) has igitur ipsas propter se asciscendas arbitramur,
id. Fin. 3, 5, 18; 2, 33, 107; 4, 14, 38; Sall. C. 54 init.; Curt. 3, 2, 2; Nep. Thras. 4, 3.—
E.
In emphatically repeating a word or thought:
quae mihi omnia grata sunt, de L. Mescinio gratissimum... id igitur—puto enim etiam atque etiam mihi dicendum esse—velim existimes mihi te fecisse gratissimum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 28 a, 1:
ea vis, ea igitur ipsa, quae, etc.,
id. Mil. 31, 84.—
F.
In returning to or summing up a preceding train of thought, I say then, so then, as I was saying, in short: ut cum videmus speciem primum candoremque caeli;
deinde conversionis celeritatem tantam, quantam, etc.... tum vicissitudines dierum ac noctium... tum globum terrae eminentem e mari... tum multitudinem pecudum... hominemque ipsum... atque hominis utilitati agros omnes ac maria parentia: haec igitur et alia innumerabilia cum cernimus, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 28, 70; id. Cat. 4, 11, 23; id. Fam. 13, 1, 3; id. de Or. 2, 25, 105 al.—
G.
To introduce a special amplification of a thought previously introduced in general terms, then:
de hominibus dici non necesse est. Tribus igitur modis video, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 66; id. Brut. 32, 122:
quoniam pluribus modis accipi solet, non equidem in omnes eam particulas secabo, sed maxime necessarias attingam. Est igitur unum genus, etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 63:
ut igitur ante meridiem discesserunt, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 5, 17:
sit igitur (ut supra significavi) divisio rerum plurium in singulas, partitio singularum in partes discretus ordo,
Quint. 7, 1. 1:
prima est igitur amplificandi vel minuendi species,
id. 8, 4, 1 (v. also III. A. below).—
III.
Position.
A.
Sometimes igitur begins a sentence (in Cic. only in sense last described, II. E. above; freq. in Sall., Tac., Curt., and Liv.;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 357): nunc juris principia videamus. Igitur doctissimis viris proficisci placuit a lege, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18:
igitur his genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere,
Sall. C. 54, 1; 46, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 1: de quo, quia nunc primum oblatus est, pauca repetam:
nam et ipse pars Romanarum cladium erit. Igitur matre libertina ortus, etc.,
Tac. A. 15, 72; 1, 31.—
B.
Igitur is sometimes placed after several words:
referamus nos igitur ad eum quem volumus incohandum,
Cic. Or. 9, 33:
eamne rationem igitur sequare?
id. Fin. 2, 23, 76:
quid dicis igitur?
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 12; cf.:
quid me igitur mones?
id. Div. 2, 64, 132:
paria sunt igitur,
id. Fin. 4, 27, 75; cf.:
videndum est igitur,
id. Off. 1, 14, 43:
hujus quoque igitur criminis, te accusante, mentio nulla fiet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 10, 32:
huic homini parcetis igitur?
id. Verr. 2, 1, 32, § 81:
in hominem dicendum est igitur,
id. Fl. 10, 23:
hi autem non sunt: ne Nymphae quidem deae igitur?
id. N. D. 3, 17, 43; cf.:
ne in animo quidem igitur sensus remanet,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:
ille mihi videtur igitur vere augurari,
id. Div. 1, 15, 27:
quae est melior igitur in hominum genere natura?
id. Tusc. 1, 14, 32:
quid tibi negoti est meae domi igitur?
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 63.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > igitur

14 ille

ille (old orthog., olle), a, ud ( ollus, a, um, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 42 Müll.; Verg. A. 5, 197; in dramat. poets often ĭlle, v. Corss. Ausspr. II. p. 624), gen. illīus (usu. illĭus in epic and lyric poets; Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183; illīus in the time of Quint; cf. Ritschl, Opusc. 2, 683 sqq.; 696; gen. sing. m. illi, Cato ap. Prisc. p. 694; dat. sing. f. olli, Verg. A. 1, 254; Cato, R. R. 153 and 154; abl. plur. ‡ ab oloes = ab illis, Paul. ex Fest. p. 19 Müll.); pron. demonstr. [Etym. dub., v. Corss. Beitr. p. 301], points (opp. hic) to something more remote, or which is regarded as more remote, and, in contrast with hic and iste, to something near or connected with a third person, that; he, she, it ( absol.).
I.
In gen.
(α).
With substantives: ille vir haud magna cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. de Sen. 1, 1 (Ann. v. 342 Vahl.): si quid vos per laborem recte feceritis, labor ille a vobis cito recedet... nequiter factum illud apud vos semper manebit, Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1 fin.:
sol me ille admonuit,
that sun, Cic. de Or. 3, 55, 209:
in illa tranquillitate atque otio jucundissime vivere,
id. Rep. 1, 1:
cum omnis arrogantia odiosa est, tum illa ingenii atque eloquentiae multo molestissima,
id. Div. in Caecil. 11, 36:
in illa vita,
id. ib. 1, 3:
illum Aurora nitentem Luciferum portet,
Tib. 1, 3, 93.—
(β).
Absol.: illos bono genere gnatos, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17:
ergo ille, cives qui id cogit, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 2:
tum ille, Non sum, inquit, nescius, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; cf. id. Rep. 1, 9; 1, 10:
illum ab Alexandrea discessisse nemo nuntiat,
id. Att. 11, 17, 3; cf.:
de illius Alexandrea discessu nihil adhuc rumoris,
id. ib. 11, 18, 1:
ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur,
Sall. C. 52, 12.—In neutr. with gen.:
Galba erat negligentior, quam conveniret principi electo atque illud aetatis,
Suet. Galb. 14:
illud horae,
id. Ner. 26.—
B.
With other pronouns:
itaque cum primum audivi, ego ille ipse factus sum: scis quem dicam,
Cic. Fam. 2, 9, 1; cf.:
qui cum illis una ipsum illum Carneadem diligenter audierat,
id. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
ille quoque ipse confessus est,
Cels. 1, 3:
huic illi legato,
Cic. Fl. 22, 52:
hunc illum fatis Portendi generum,
Verg. A. 7, 255; cf.:
hic est enim ille vultus semper idem quem, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 15, 31:
hic est ille status quantitatis,
Quint. 7, 4, 15:
est idem ille tyrannus deterrimum genus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 42:
eandem illam (sphaeram),
id. ib. 1, 14:
cum et idem qui consuerunt et idem illud alii desiderent,
id. Off. 2, 15 fin.:
illum reliquit alterum apud matrem domi,
Plaut. Men. prol. 26.—
C.
Opp. to hic, to indicate that object which is the more remote, either as regards the position of the word denoting it, or as it is conceived of by the writer; v. hic, I. D.—
D.
Pleon., referring back to a subject or object already mentioned in the same sentence:
sic oculos, sic ille manus, sic ora ferebat,
Verg. A. 3, 490; cf. Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 91:
non ille timidus perire, etc.,
Hor. C. 4, 9, 51; id. S. 2, 3, 204:
Parmenides, Xenophanes, minus bonis quamquam versibus, sed tamen illi versibus increpant, etc.,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74.
II.
In partic.
A.
Pregn., that, to indicate some well-known or celebrated object, equivalent to the ancient, the wellknown, the famous: si Antipater ille Sidonius, quem tu probe, Catule, meministi, Cic. de Or. 3, 50, 194:
Xenophon, Socraticus ille,
id. ib. 2, 14, 58:
auditor Panaetii illius,
id. ib. 1, 11, 45:
a qua (gratia) te flecti non magis potuisse demonstras, quam Herculem Xenophontium illum a voluptate,
id. Fam. 5, 12, 3:
ut ex eodem Ponto Medea illa quondam profugisse dicitur,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
magno illi Alexandro simillimus,
Vell. 2, 41:
honestum illud Solonis est,
Cic. de Sen. 14, 50:
illa verba,
Quint. 10, 7, 2:
velocitas,
id. ib. 8.—
B.
Particular phrases.
a.
Hic... ille, this... that, the one... the other, of single objects in opp. to the whole: non dicam illinc hoc signum ablatum esse et illud;
hoc dico, nullum te Aspendi signum, Verres, reliquisse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 20, § 53.—
b.
Ille aut or et ille, that or that, such and such:
quaesisse, num ille aut ille defensurus esset,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 21, 59:
commendo vobis illum et illum,
Suet. Caes. 41.—
c.
Ille quidem... sed (autem, etc.), certainly, to be sure, indeed, etc.,... but still:
philosophi quidam, minime mali illi quidem, sed, etc.,
Cic. Off. 3, 9, 39:
ludo autem et joco uti illo quidem licet, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 29, 103:
Q. Mucius enucleate ille quidem et polite, ut solebat, nequaquam autem, etc.,
id. Brut. 30, 115:
alter bellum comparat, non injustum ille quidem, suis tamen civibus exitiabile,
id. Att. 10, 4, 3:
sequi illud quidem, verum, etc.,
id. Fat. 18, 41.—
d.
Ex illo, from that time, since then ( poet. and very rare):
ex illo fluere et retro sublapsa referri Spes Danaūm,
Verg. A. 2, 169 (for which in full:
tempore jam ex illo casus mihi cognitus urbis Trojanae,
id. ib. 1, 623):
solis ex illo vivit in antris,
Ov. M. 3, 394:
scilicet ex illo Junonia permanet ira,
id. H. 14, 85.— Hence, advv.
1.
illā (sc. viā=ab hac parte), in that way, in that direction, there (very rare):
nunc ego me illa per posticum ad congerrones conferam,
Plaut. Most. 3, 3, 27; id. Mil. 2, 3, 17:
hac vel illa cadit,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 18:
ac ne pervium illa Germanicis exercitibus foret, obsaepserat,
Tac. H. 3, 8; 5, 18; id. A. 2, 17:
ipsum quin etiam Oceanum illa tentavimus,
id. G. 34:
forte revertebar festis vestalibus illa, qua, etc.,
Ov. F. 6, 395 Merk. (vulg. illac).—
2.
illō (sc. loco), to that place, thither (class.).
A.
Lit., with verbs of motion, = illuc:
principio ut illo advenimus, ubi primum terram tetigimus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 48:
neque enim temere praeter mercatores illo adit quisquam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 20, 3:
nam illo non saxum, non materies advecta est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 56, § 147; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 328: To. Vin' huc vocem? Do. Ego illo accessero, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 26:
positiones huc aut illo versae,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 11, 1.—
B.
Transf.
a.
To that end, thereto:
haec omnia Caesar eodem illo pertinere arbitrabatur, ut, etc.,
to that very purpose, Caes. B. G. 4, 11, 4:
spectat,
Dig. 47, 10, 7.—
b.
Post-class. for ibi, there, Dig. 48, 5, 23.—
3.
illim, adv., an early form (cf.: istim, exim) for illinc (i. e. illim-ce), from that place, thence (ante-class. and a few times in Cic.): sarculum hinc illo profectus illim redisti rutrum, Pompon. ap. Non. 18, 21 (Fragm. Com. v. 90 Rib.); Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 98; Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 17; Lucr. 3, 879:
illim equidem Gnaeum profectum puto,
Cic. Att. 9, 14, 2 (al. illinc):
quid illim afferatur,
id. ib. 7, 13, b, 7 (al. illinc); id. ib. 11, 17, 3:
omnem se amorem abjecisse illim atque in hanc transfudisse,
i. e. from her, id. Phil. 2, 31, 77; id. Harusp. Resp. 20, 42.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ille

15 τοίνυν

τοίνυν, ([etym.] τοι, νυν)

A therefore, accordingly, an inferential Particle (never in Hom. or Hes.), χρὴ τ. πύλας ὕμνων ἀναπιτνάμεν Pi.O.6.27
, etc.; εἰ τ ... Hdt.1.57; ἂν τ ... D.4.7; introducing a logical conclusion (less freq. than οὖν), Pl.Chrm. 159d; φανερὸν τ., δῆλον τ., Arist.Pol. 1260a2, PA 641a15; also to introduce a minor premiss, or a particular instance of a general proposition, Pl.Cra. 399b, Isoc.4.103, etc.

2 in dialogue, to introduce an answer, well or well then, ἄπειμι τ. S.El. 1050
, cf. Th.5.89, etc.; esp. an answer which has been led up to by the same speaker, Pl.Men. 76a, IG42(1).121.31 (Epid., iv B. C.); in response to an invitation to speak, Ar.Nu. 961, etc.; in expression of approval, esp. in phrase καλῶς τ. Pl.Cra. 433a
, etc.; κάλλιστα τ. Ar.V. 856
; also of disapproval or criticism, ἀπόλοιο τ. Id.Nu. 1236
, cf. S.OT 1067.

3 continuing an argument, well then, Pl.Smp. 178d, X.An.3.1.36, 7.7.28, etc.

b resuming the thread of argument or narrative after a break, Pl.R. 562b, Plt. 275d, D.47.64, etc.

c adding or passing to a fresh item or point, further, moreover, again, Pl.Ap. 33c, D.8.73, 20.18; ἔτι τ. Hp.VM19
, Pl.Phd. 109a, Cri. 52c, D.20.8; καὶ τ. X.Cyr.2.2.25
; καί τ. καί Pl.Sph. 234a
; μὴ τ. μηδέ .. nay, not even.., X.An.7.6.19;
οὐ τ. οὐδέ
nor again, Hp.Art.57
, D.20.7.

4 sts. at the beginning of a speech, ἐγὼ μὲν τ ..., referring to something present to the minds of the speaker and hearer, now I.., X.An.5.1.2, cf. Cyr.6.2.14.

5 with subj. of exhortation or imper., in signfs. 1,2,3, εὖ τ. ἐπίστασθε .. Id.An.3.1.36, cf. Cyr.2.4.8, Ev.Luc.20.25, etc.

B Position: in early writers τοίνυν is never the first word in a sentence, but this is not uncommon in later authors, as LXX Is.3.10, Mim. Oxy.413.225, Ev.Luc. l.c., Ep.Hebr.13.13, Gal.2.526, S.E. M.8.429, AP11.127 (Poll.), IG4.620.13 ([place name] Argos), Chor.32.34 F.-R. cod. (<τῷ> add. Kaibel); it is usually placed second, but sts. later, ἥξω φέρουσα συμβολὰς τ. ἅμα Alex.143.1
, cf. Ar.Pl. 863, etc. [[pron. full] ῠ regularly, as A.Pr. 760, S.Tr.71: but sts. ῡ, as Ar.Eq. 1259, Alex. l. c.; in anap., Ar.Nu. 429, 435, Av. 481.]

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τοίνυν

16 τε

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).

A as a Conjunction,

I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
; δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375; τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b; λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
; ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3; τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.); κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε E.IA56
, cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.

2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v. οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.

3 τε ( both) sts. corresponds to a following δέ ( and), or τε ( and) to a preceding μέν, e.g.

a τε.. δὲ.. , as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625; ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
; διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.

b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.

4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c; Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι 1.5
; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; δάκνει σ' ἀδελφὸς ὅ τε θανὼν ἴσως πατήρ E.El. 242
, cf. 253, 262, al.; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7; πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.); χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7; ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4; ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.); καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; ἀταράχους τήν τε δύναμιν ἀκαθαιρέτους Sor.1.21
, cf. 24, al.; ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6; χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.

II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.7
; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293; ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
; βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
; ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
; βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ S.Ant. 181
; μεσαμβρίη τέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ κάρτα γίνεται ψυχρόν Hdt.4.181
; ἔτυχόν τε ὕσταται ἐξαναχθεῖσαι καί κως κατεῖδον Id.7.194
; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193; ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; χωρὶς τό τ' εἰπεῖν πολλὰ καὶ τὰ καίρια S.OC 808
; ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A.Pr. 927
; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
; ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
; θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
; πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g. τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6, ἄλλως 1.3
.

2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep., σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.

3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.

b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
; καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
; καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.

4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ἄλλα τε ἐπιφραζόμενος καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεπόμφεε Hdt.1.85
; ἀλλῳ τε τρόπῳ πειράζοντες καὶ μηχανὴν προσήγαγον Th.4.100
; τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.

5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.

B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Il.19.221
; οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα θεῶν τρέπεται νόος αἰὲν ἐόντων Od.3.147
; θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα 18.309
, cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526; ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
; οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
; οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; ἄλλος γάρ τ' ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od.14.228
, cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322; ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
; παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
; αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307; τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ὀλίγη δέ τ' ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο 18.201
; νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
; κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
; σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied); ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
; οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521; μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.

2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
; Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
; δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.

3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:

a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
; εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6; ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.

b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
; ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
; ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt., ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.

c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9; εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.

4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; πάντων ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει 17.447
, cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη 5.52
, cf. 18.485.

5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160; ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332; κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
; μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
; οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.

6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608; ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
; ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
; αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294; οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415; οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464; πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
; οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.

7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
; Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
; Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; νυμφάων αἵ τ' ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν Il.20.8
; Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν' ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Il.23.43
, cf. 2.669, Od.5.4; Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
; Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
; Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
; τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
; ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
; σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
; καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.

8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; ἔνθα δέ τ' ὄρνιθες τανυσίπτεροι εὐνάζοντο 5.65
, cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; δοιαὶ γάρ τε πύλαι ἀμενηνῶν εἰσὶν ὀνείρων 19.562
; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
; ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266; ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.

9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.

10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; τοῦ δ' ἤτοι κλέος ἔσται ὅσον τ' ἐπικίδναται ἠώς 7.451
; ὅτε τόσσον ἀπῆν ὅσσον τε γέγωνε βοήσας Od.9.473
, cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358; ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.

11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535, ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.

II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing) Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. has τά πέρ τε 1.74
, ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al., οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; ἀφ' οὗ τε UPZ62.8
(ii B.C.); ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); οἵ τε GDI215.23
(Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962; ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
; οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.

C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:

1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
; ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) in οὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; σὲ δέ τ' ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται 16.836
; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν 13.47
, cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.

2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ὣς ἄγαγ' ὡς μήτ' ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ' ἄρ τε νοήσῃ Il.24.337
; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ') ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ') ; δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.

3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
; σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187; ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ' ἄμεινον Il.24.52
.

4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
; τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166; εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.); ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
; νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
; πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
; δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
; ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ') , τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
; οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
; οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
; οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.

5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18; ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τ' ἦλθον Ἀμαζόνες 3.189
(but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); ὅτε τ' ἤλυθε νόσφιν Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας 5.803
, cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.

6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ' ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Il.1.244
, cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.

7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom., ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.

8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.

9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.

10 Rarer and later uses;

a also, esp. with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483; ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.); ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.); τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.

b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.

c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.

D Position of τε:

1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; ἡμέτεραί τ' ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 2.136
, cf. 4.505, 7.295; αἰεί τε δὴ νηλὴς οὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως A.Pr.42
codd., cf. 291 (anap.); ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
; ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Pl.R. 537a
, cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.); πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.

2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε.

E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Skt. ca, Lat. - que; for signfs. B and c cf. Skt. ca in yá[hudot ] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Lat. - que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Goth. ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Lat. namque (= nam).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τε

17 τις

τις, [full] τι, Indef. Pron.

A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)

A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion. τεῳ Il.16.227
, Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the form οὔ τινι Il.17.68
, Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only in οὔ τινες Od.6.279
, 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα ( ὅτινα Il.22.450
), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an; θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191
; καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142
; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.

II special usages:

1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one, ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201
, etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.

2 any one concerned, every one, εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382
; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254; ἵνα τις στυγέῃσι καὶ ἄλλος 8.515
, cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187; ἀγορεύω τινὶ ἐμὲ μὴ βασανίζειν Id.Ra. 628
; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77; ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75
; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words, τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65
, Th.6.31, etc.; πᾶς τις A.Ag. 1205
, Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.; ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113
, etc.; οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118
. In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85; ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53
, cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.

3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad, ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74
; ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11
: hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron., ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289
, cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.

4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force, φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59
(lyr.); μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8
; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.

5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939; εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13
; τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156
; τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213
; ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71
; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut., οἴονταί τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι Pl.Ap. 41e
, cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.; ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e
; οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c
.

b τις is sts. opp. to another word, ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221
; τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59
; μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33
(more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT) αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c
; ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9
, cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38; τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30
; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.

6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so, ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9
, cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.

b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7; Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233
, cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so also ὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288
; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.

7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.

8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144; ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911
; δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83
; τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61
; προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23
; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34; ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111
, cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές or τινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17
, 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48; τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61
; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.; κόσοι τινές Id.7.234
; πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3
; πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156
; ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58
.

9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.; ποῖός τις S.Ant.42
, OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.; ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2
, al.; εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139
, cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.; τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7
.

10 with the Article,

a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.

b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in ἑνὸς γὰρ τό γε τὶ φήσεις σημεῖον εἶναι Pl.Sph. 237d
, the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ὁ, ἡ, τό B.1.5
: later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.

c freq. in opposed clauses, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141
, Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.; ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407
; ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15
: pl., οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127
, cf. Th.2.91; οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10
, etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6
; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut., τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40
; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl., τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14
, cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.

d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).

II the neut. τι is used,

a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).

b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.

c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all, ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421
; παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7
, etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so also ὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365
; οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123
, etc.; ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75
, etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3, πολύς 111.1a
, 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction with οὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3
; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280; μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234
:—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107; καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28
.

12 τίς τε freq. in Hom., ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33
, 4.141, v. τε B.

13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b; ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62
(s. v.l.).

14 τις is pleonast. in such phrases as οὐδέν τι or μηδέν τι, v. supr. 11c.

b repeated in successive clauses, ὅσα λέγει τις ἢ πράσσειτις ἢψέγειν ἔχει S.Ant. 689
; εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλέους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται Id.Tr. 944
(where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause, οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν A.Pr.21
, cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).

15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις) φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199
, cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.

b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, as ἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189
(lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις] τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128
; ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14
.--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.

III Accentuation and position of τις:

1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:

a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78; τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.
in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause, πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e
; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.); ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32
; οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5
(v.l. for τὺ).

b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word, τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40
, cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2; τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1
; τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127
; ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6
; ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48
: without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence, πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.

2 position:

a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word, ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508
, cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ἀλλ' ἄγε δή τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν 1.62
; φυλακὴ δέ τις ἔμπεδος ἔστω 8.521
.

b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive, τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85
; τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38
; τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90
; ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179
; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.

c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.

d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.

e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (but αἴ κά τις Epich.35
, 159; αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13
): later [dialect] Dor. εἴ τί κα GDI2101.3
, al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rare εἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τις

18 contra

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra

19 contra dicta

contrā, adv. and prep. [stem con, i. e. cum, through a comparative form conter; cf.: alter, uter, inter, praeter, etc.; in abl. fem. form like the locative adverbs ea, qua, etc.; cf.: ultra, intra, extra, citra], orig., in comparison with; hence, over against, fronting, in front, opposite, in opposition to, against, contrary to, opposed to, etc.
I.
Adv. (referring to an opposed object often with the force of a preposition with ellipsis of a pronoun, = against it, against him, etc.).
A.
Local.
1.
Lit., of position in front of a person, place, or thing.
a.
With verb of being or position expressed or understood.
(α).
Referring to living beings, opposite, in face of, face to face, facing, in front of, fronting, confronting (not in Cic., Caes., or Sall.):
feminam scelestam te, adstans contra, contuor,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 26:
ut confidenter mihi contra adstitit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 6; Lucr. 4, 223; 6, 929:
signum contra, quoad longissume oculi ferebant, animo finivit,
Liv. 1, 18, 8:
stat contra starique jubet,
Juv. 3, 290:
stat contra dicitque tibi tua pagina Fures!
Mart. 1, 55, 12:
ulmus erat contra,
in front of her, Ov. M. 14, 661:
templa vides contra,
in front (of us), id. ib. 7, 587.—Of position in front of the enemy:
contra conserta manu,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 3: contra consistere, to make front against them, Caes. B. G. 2, 17.—
(β).
Referring to things and places, over against (it), opposite (to it), on the opposite side (mostly post-Aug.):
contra jacet Cancer patulam distentus in alvum,
Manil. 2, 253:
posita contra Hispania,
Tac. Agr. 11:
promuntorium quod contra procedit,
Plin. 4, 2, 3, § 6: relinquendae autem contra erunt vacuae tabellae, on the opposite side, i. e. of the leaf, Quint. 10, 3, 32: illo quaerente cur non decidant contra siti, the antipodes (cf. Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; v. II. A. 1. c. a), Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161.—With the governing verb understood:
arguam hanc vidisse apud te contra conservum meum,
face to face, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 91:
jam omnia contra circaque hostium plena erant, Liv 5, 37, 8: eadem verba contra (i. e. ponuntur),
side by side, Quint. 9, 3, 36; Verg. A. 6, 23.—
b.
With verbs of motion, so as to be opposite to an object or face to face with a person, variously rendered.
(α).
Referring to persons:
accede ad me atque adi contra,
come right up to me, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 23; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 6: hostes crebri cadunt; nostri contra ingruunt, advance to their front (in Plaut. hostility is not implied in contra), id. Am. 1, 1, 84: quis nos pater aut cognatu' volet contra tueri, face to face, eye to eye, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 12 Mull. (Trag. Rel. v. 444 Rib.); Att. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 55 (Trag. Rel. v. 538 ib.):
adspicedum contra me = contra adspice me,
Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 56 Lorenz ad lec.:
contra adspicere,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45:
contra intueri,
Liv. 1, 16, 6; 9, 6, 8; Sen. Q. N. 1, 3, 6:
cum veniret contra Marcianus,
Quint. 6, 3, 95; Plin. 9, 46, 70, § 152.—
(β).
Of things:
hic ubi sol radiis... Adversa fulsit nimborum aspergine contra,
Lucr. 6, 525; Cels. 8, 8, 1:
quam (turrim) promoti contra validi asseres... perfregere,
Tac. H. 4, 30.—Reciprocally: oscula non pervenientia contra, not coming through (the wall) so as to meet, Ov. M. 4, 80.—
2.
Transf. to equivalents of weight, value, and price; so,
(α).
In Plaut. only in the colloq. phrases auro contra, aurichalco contra, and contra auro (sc. posito); lit., for gold placed against; cf.:
aes contrarium, s. v. contrarius: (servus) non carus'st auro contra,
at his weight in gold, Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 30: jam auro contra constat filius, id. Truc. 2, 6, 57 (Speng. aurichalco): auro contra cedo modestum amatorem! A me aurum accipe. Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco quoi ego sano serviam, id. Curc. 1, 3, 45 sq.; id. Mil. 3, 1, 63; 4, 2, 85; id. Ps. 2, 3, 23.—
(β).
In post-Aug. prose (very rare):
at si aquae et ejus rei quam contra pensabis par pondus erit, nec pessum ibit, nec exstabit, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
3.
Of reciprocal actions, = vicissim, in turn, in return, back, on my, his, etc., part, likewise, counter-.
(α).
In gen.:
te ut deludam contra, lusorem meum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:
quae me amat, quam ego contra amo,
id. Merc. 5. 2, 77; id. Cist. 1, 1, 96; id. Trin. 4, 2, 55; id. As. 2, 2, 110:
qui arguat se, eum contra vincat jurejurando suo,
make a victorious counter-charge, id. Mil. 2, 2, 37:
si laudabit haec Illius formam, tu hujus contra (i. e. lauda),
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 54:
audi nunc contra jam,
listen in turn, id. Phorm. 4, 4, 18; id. Ad. 5, 4, 23:
at tu mihi contra nunc videre fortunatus, Phaedria, Cui, etc.,
you likewise seem fortunate to me, id. Phorm. 1, 3, 21:
Mettius Tullo gratulatur, contra Tullus Mettium benigne alloquitur,
Liv. 1, 28, 1:
contra ut me diligat illa,
Cat. 76. 23; Hor. S. 1, 3, 27 Orell. ad loc.—Hence, with ellipsis of inquit, = respondit:
cui latrans contra senex,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 7:
scietis, inquam, etc., contra Nigrinus: ad quem missi sunt? ego, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 7, 6, 4.—
Rarely with inquit, etc., expressed: at ille contra, renidens, Audi, inquit, discipule, etc.,
Gell. 15, 9, 9; cf.:
contra talia reddit,
Claud. B. Gild. 379.—
(β).
With dat. pers.:
consulo quem dolum doloso contra conservo parem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 45:
facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10:
hiscine contra insidiabere?
id. Hec. 1. 1, 13:
tibi contra gratiam Referre,
id. ib. 4, 2, 7.—
(γ).
With item:
item a me contra factum est,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 20:
puellam senex Amat et item contra filius,
id. Cas. prol. 49; id. Pers. 5, 2, 36; id. Am. 1, 1, 67; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 25.—
(δ).
Combining a reciprocal with a local relation (A. 1. a. a, and b. a): contra carinantes verba, exchanging abusive words ( face to face), Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 361 (Ann. v. 181 Vahl.): tubae utrimque contra canunt;
Consonat terra,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73; 1, 1, 86:
confer gradum Contra pariter,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 18; id. Truc. 1, 2, 28:
video amicam... Ubi contra adspexit me, etc.,
id. Mil. 2, 1, 45; Verg. E. 7, 8; cf. Lucr. 4, 243:
vesper adest, juvenes consurgite!... Cernitis, innuptae, juvenes? consurgite contra!
Cat. 62, 6.—
(ε).
Implying also opposition: Pe. Conpellabo. Ph. Orationis aciem contra conferam, Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 20:
si scias quod donum huic dono contra comparet,
what counter gift, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 63: quod Scipio postulavit... ut, etc. Et quod contra collega postulavit ne, etc., Annal. Trib. Pleb. ap. Gell. 7 (6), 19, 5:
si vobis aequa et honesta postulatio videtur, ego contra brevem postulationem adfero,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 1;
Auct. B. Alex. 24: illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo,
to bid in opposition, Caes. B. G. 1, 18; Liv. 4, 53, 6:
agedum pauca accipe contra,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 38.—So in battle:
Numidae... Romanorum ordines conturbare... neque contra feriundi copia erat,
Sall. J. 50, 4; and in law: et ab eo is qui adoptat vindicat... et illo contra non vindicante, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 134; 2, 24.—Esp. in replies:
oratio contra a Demosthene pro Ctesiphonte edita,
Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213:
dicit accusator haec: primum, etc.... quid contra reus?
id. Clu. 30, 81; id. Fin. 5, 22, 63; Curt. 4, 1, 10; 7, 9, 1.
B.
Of opposition, strife, etc., against; constr. absol., with dat., and ne, quominus or quin.
1.
Of physical exertion.
(α).
Lit.:
concurrunt... aetheriae nubes contra pugnantibu' ventis,
struggling against each other, Lucr. 6. 98:
nec nos obniti contra... Sufficimus,
bear up, battle against, Verg. A. 5, 21; Ov. M. 9, 50; 2, 434:
at ille contra nititur,
resists, Plin. 2, 38, 38, § 103; 7, 20, 19, § 82:
pars remigum, tamquam imperitia... officia nautarum impediebant. Mox contra tendere,
rowed in an opposite direction, Tac. H. 4, 16.—
(β).
Trop.:
te rogo ne contrahas ac demittas animum, neque te obrui tamquam fluctu... sinas, contraque erigas ac resistas,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 4:
et torrens judicem vel nitentem contra feret, cogatque ire qua rapiet,
Quint. 12, 10, 61.— With ne: vi contra niti, ne advorsus eum fiat, Cato ap. Gell. 7 (6), 3, 16.—With quominus, Lucr. 1, 780.—
2.
Of mental exertion:
si tibi vera videntur, Dede manus, aut, si falsum est, accingere contra,
arm yourself against them, Lucr. 2, 1043; 2, 280. —With dat.:
siti contra... pugnandum,
Cels. 4, 2 fin. —
3.
Of hostile opposition in gen.
(α).
Lit.:
quod animadversum est in eo qui contra omni ratione pugnarunt, non debeo reprehendere,
who made opposition in every way, Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137; id. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107:
contra etiam aliquid abs te profectum ex multis audivi,
something inimical, id. Fam. 5, 5, 2.—
(β).
Trop.:
aut alio quovis (sc. colore) qui contra pugnet et obstet,
Lucr. 2, 794; 2, 868.—
4.
Of warfare.
(α).
Lit.:
ut eos adversarios existimemus qui arma contra ferant,
Cic. Off. 1, 25, 87; 1, 12, 37; Vell. 2, 28, 4; cf.:
quid quod exercitum contra duxit?
Auct. Her. 4, 16, 23:
ut si qua ex parte obviam contra veniretur, acie instructa depugnarent,
if they should be attacked by an open charge, Caes. B. G. 7, 28:
issentque confestim ad urbem ni venire contra exercitum... audissent,
Liv. 7, 39, 17:
cum Romanae legiones contra direxerint,
would oppose their march, Tac. H. 4, 58; id. A. 6, 44.—With dat.:
et huic contra itum ad amnem Erinden,
Tac. A. 11, 10.—
(β).
Trop.:
quod ubi viderunt corvi, contra auxiliantur, velut adversus communem hostem,
Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 205.—
5.
Of legal contests.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a.—
(β).
Venire contra, of any legal act with the intention to hurt the adversary:
quid? si omnium mortalium Sthenio nemo inimicior quam hic C. Claudius... fuit? si de litteris corruptis contra venit, etc.?
if he made a charge of forgery against him? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 43, § 107; cf. II. B. c. b.—
(γ).
On the part of the adversary:
inveniendum contra est, quo distet haec causa a ceteris,
Quint. 5, 10, 114; 9, 2, 35; 12, 8, 10.—
(δ).
Of judgments against the parties or against opinions:
ne spoliaret fama probatum hominem si contra judicasset,
given an adverse decision, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 77; cf. Val. Max. 7, 2, 4; Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—
6.
Of literary opposition.
(α).
Mostly with verbs of saying; v. 9. a. g.—
(β).
With other verbs:
astrologorum artem contra convincere tendit,
Lucr. 5, 728:
contra nunc illud pone, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 7, 14, 6:
habeat (liber meus) etiam quosdam qui contra sentiant et adversentur,
some dissentients and opponents, Quint. 3, 1, 5; 2, 17, 40; 3, 8, 69.—
7.
Of public and political opposition.
(α).
With verbs of saying; v. 9. a. d.—
(β).
With petere, to be a candidate for office in opposition to another:
nihil enim supererat de quo certarent, nihil quod contra peterent,
no office was left for which to canvass against each other, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91:
honores contra petere,
Quint. 6, 1, 17.—With ire, with dat., of an opposing vote in the senate (cf.:
pedibus ire): sententia Cassii ut nemo unus contra ire ausus est, ita dissonae voces respondebant,
Tac. A. 14, 45.—
8.
Of violation of law, contracts, etc.: contra facere, or contra committere, to violate, transgress a law, etc.: leges esse non ex ejus qui contra commiserit utilitate, spectari oportere, not in the interest of the transgressor, Cic. Inv. 2, 48, 153:
si quis sub hoc pacto vendiderit ancillam ne prostitueretur, et si contra factum esset,
and if the contract was violated, Dig. 18, 1, 56.—
9.
With verbs of saying, etc., contra dicere; less freq. disputare, disserere, pugnare, in the sense of dicere, and contra scribere (often contradico, in one word, in post-Aug. writers; esp. with dat.).
a.
Absol.
(α).
Contra dicere, to speak as counsel of the adversary, to plead his cause, in legal proceedings:
cum contra dicturus Hortensius esset,
would speak on the other side, Cic. Quint. 24, 77:
hoc... contra dicente Cotta judicatum est,
id. Caecin. 33, 97:
dixisse ut contra nemo videretur,
id. Brut. 53, 198: ut contra Crassus... exorsus est, began on the other side, id. ib. § 197.—Hence: qui contra dicit, the adversary or counsel of the adversary:
contra autem qui dicet, similitudinem infirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 151; id. Part. Or. 21, 108.—In the same sense: agens contra: si nos... impares agentium contra ingeniis dixerimus, that we are unequal to the talents of our adversary's counsel, [p. 453] Quint. 4, 1, 8.—
(β).
To make charges against (rare):
si qui contra vellet dicere, usurum esse eum suo testimonio,
Cic. Clu. 48, 134:
qua ratione nemo neque tum item fecerit, neque nunc contra dicat,
id. Quint. 29, 88; so,
contra disputare, of objections to or against a witness: nihil contra disputabo priusquam dixerit,
id. Fl. 21, 51.—
(γ).
In gen., to speak on the other side of a question:
fiebat autem ita, ut cum is qui audire vellet dixisset quid sibi videretur, tum ego contra dicerem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; id. Fin. 2, 1, 2; so,
contra disputare and contra scribere,
id. Or. 1, 19, 85; Vitr. 3, 1, 6; Quint. 2, 17, 13; Dig. 9, 2, 21, § 1.—Hence: qui contra dicunt or disputant, the opponents:
nec qui contra dicunt causam difficilem repellunt,
Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 2:
ad coarguendos qui contra disputant,
to refule his opponents, Quint. 2, 15, 26.—
(δ).
To oppose or object to a proposition, motion, or petition:
quam palam principes dixerunt contra!
protested against it, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 16, § 41; Caes. B. C. 1, 32; Cic. Clu. 47, 130.—With pugnare:
cum decerneretur frequenti senatu, contra pugnante Pisone, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 5:
filius ejus incolumitatem optat: contradicit pater,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 85; 9, 2, 83; Plin. ap. Gell. 9, 16, 5; Cic. Dom. 33, 87:
contradicente nullo,
Suet. Caes. 20; Dig. 3, 3, 15.—
(ε).
To reply:
contradixit edicto,
answered by an edict, Suet. Aug. 56. —
(ζ).
Abl. absol. impers.:
explorandum videtur an etiam contradicto aliquando judicio consuetudo firmata sit,
whether the custom has been confirmed by judgment upon a judicial contest, Dig. 1, 3, 34.—
b.
With acc. neutr. pron., to object, to make or raise an objection, to reply; esp. in legal proceedings:
ego enim, te disputante, quid contra dicerem meditabar,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 1:
ut contra si quid dicere velit non audiatur,
id. Fin. 5, 10, 27:
aiebat illum primo sane diu multa contra (i. e. dixisse), ad extremum autem, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 2.— Hence: quod contra dicitur, or quae contra dicuntur, the objections:
ut et id quod intenderemus confirmare, et id quod contra diceretur refellere (possemus),
refute the objections, Cic. de Or. 1, 20, 90:
quia neque reprehendi quae contra dicuntur possunt, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 331; id. Inv. 2, 44, 127; Quint. 1, 2, 17.—In the same sense, as subst.: contrā dicta, orum, n. plur.:
seu proposita confirmamus, sive contra dicta dissolvimus,
or refute the objections, Quint. 4, prooem. 6.—With acc. and inf.:
dicitur contra, nullum esse testamentum,
the objection is made that there is no testament, Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 42.—
c.
With dat., written in one word (post-Aug.).
(α).
To oppose a person by speaking against his views:
solitum se etiam Thraseae contradicere,
to oppose even Thrasea, Tac. H. 2, 91:
tibi,
Suet. Aug. 54:
Curioni...,
id. Rhet. 1. —Hence of answers and replies in law: quid si filium testatoris heres ejus prohibuit? Huic contradici potest: ergo pietatis, etc., he may be answered by this plea, etc., Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—And of advisory answers opposed to one's legal views:
volenti mihi ream adulterii postulare eam, etc., contradictum est,
my views were disapproved, rejected, Dig. 48, 5, 11, § 10.—
(β).
To oppose an opinion, with dat. of the thing:
cum plures tantum sententiis aliorum contradicerent,
opposed the opinions, Tac. H. 1, 39.—
(γ).
To object to a motion or petition, with dat. of the petitioner:
patrem qui damnavit optat ne is torqueatur: pater ei contradicit,
the father objects, Quint. 9, 2, 81:
cum ambienti ut legibus solveretur multi contradicerent,
Suet. Caes. 18; Dig. 40, 5, 14; 40, 12, 33.—
(δ).
With dat. of the petition:
preces erant, sed quibus contradici non posset,
which could not be denied, Tac. H. 4, 46 fin.; Dig. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
(ε).
To contest the validity of a law (rare):
quibus (legibus) contradici potest,
Quint. 7, 7, 4.—
(ζ).
To contradict an assertion (very rare):
pro certis autem habemus... cuicunque adversarius non contradicit,
Quint. 5, 10, 13.—
d.
With quin, to object:
praetor Samnitibus respondit... nec contra dici quin amicitia de integro reconcilietur,
there was no objection to a reconciliation, Liv. 8, 2, 2.
C.
To one's disadvantage; mostly predic. with esse, unfavorable, adverse, damaging (post-Aug.;
but cf. II. B. 2.): ut eum qui responsurus est vel tacere, vel etiam invitum id quod sit contra cogat fateri,
Quint. 7, 3, 14:
cum verba (legis) contra sint,
id. 7, 1, 49:
sed experimentum contra fuit,
unsuccessful, Tac. H. 2, 97 fin.:
ubi fortuna contra fuit,
id. ib. 3, 18:
si fortuna contra daret,
should be unfavorable, id. ib. 1, 65 fin.; id. A. 15, 13.
D.
Of logical opposition, with negative force.
1.
Of a direct contrast.
a.
Predicatively, with esse, fieri, etc., the contrary, the opposite:
quod fieri totum contra manifesta docet res,
but experience teaches that just the contrary is true, Lucr. 3, 686; 4, 1088:
in stultitia contra est,
with fools the reverse is true, Cic. Clu. 31, 84:
in hac quidem re vereor ne etiam contra (i. e. sit),
id. Att. 12, 46; id. Off. 1, 15, 49:
quod contra est,
Sall. J. 85, 21:
quis non credat, etc.? Contra autem est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 12; id. Ep. 7, 3; Dig. 37, 4, 4:
contra fore si, etc.,
ib. 34, 2, 39, § 2:
immo forsitan et contra (i. e. erit),
ib. 41, 3, 49:
ego contra puto (i. e. esse),
Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 7; Lampr. Alex. Sev. 25.—
b.
With evenire, accidere, sentire, scribere, habere, etc.:
utrumque contra accidit: istic enim bellum est exortum, hic pax consecuta,
of both the contrary has happened, Cic. Fam. 12, 18, 2; so Dig. 38, 2, 51:
id ego contra puto (sc.: faciendum esse),
id. Att. 10, 8, 2:
contra evenit in iis morbis,
Sen. Ep. 52, 7; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 163:
ego contra sentio,
Sen. Clem. 1, 15, 5; Sedig. ap. Gell. 15, 24, 4; Dig. 40, 2, 25:
Proculus contra (sc. sentit),
ib. 35, 2, 1, § 14; 33, 7, 25:
licet Celsus contra scribat,
ib. 9, 2, 21, § 1: contra probatur, Gai Inst. 2, 78; Dig. 33, 7, 12, § 34.—Very rarely referring to a term in the same clause:
cujus disparem mitioremque naturam contra interpretabatur,
interpreted in an opposite sense, misinterpreted, misunderstood, Tac. H. 4, 86 fin. —
c.
Referring to a word or phrase in the same predicate.
(α).
To an adverb, in an opposite manner, otherwise, differently, not, etc.:
nam ad summam totius rei pertinet, caute an contra demonstrata res sit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 81, 330: quod viriliter animoque fit, id, etc.;
quod contra, id turpe,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:
sit sapienter usus aut contra,
Quint. 2, 5, 15:
lactuca locis apricis optume autumno ponitur, mediterraneis aut frigidis contra ( = pessime),
Col. 11, 3, 25.—
(β).
To a predicative adjective, not, the opposite, the reverse, etc.:
ut aliae (res) probabiles videantur aliae contra,
improbable, Cic. Ac. 2, 32, 103; id. Off. 2, 2, 7:
quid est quod me impediat ea quae probabilia mihi videantur sequi, quae contra, improbare,
id. ib. 2, 2, 8; id. Or. 2, 31, 135; Quint. 4, 2, 52.—
(γ).
To a verbal predicate:
an frater fratri exsistat heres, an contra ( = annon),
Dig. 34, 5, 19.—
(δ).
To a subject infinitive:
laudare testem vel contra pertinet ad momentum judiciorum,
praising or censuring a witness, Quint. 3, 7, 2.—
(ε).
To a clause, translated by not or by a repetition of the clause with a negative:
quae secundum naturam essent, ea sumenda et quadam aestimatione dignanda docebat, contraque contraria,
those that were not, not, Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 36: quod cuidam aut sapiens videor quod una non jerim, aut felix fuisse;
mihi contra,
id. Att. 9, 12, 4: an credibile est, incestum cum filia commissum? Et contra, veneficum in noverca, adulterum in luxurioso? and incredible, etc., Quint. 5, 10, 19; so Dig. 9, 1, 2, § 1.—
(ζ).
To an attributive genitive:
Marius cognoscere quid boni utrisque or contra esset (i. e. mali),
Sall. J. 88, 2:
verum de origine laudis contraque perspiciemus suo tempore (i. e. vituperationis),
Quint. 2, 4, 21:
alii a propositione accusatoris contraque loci oriuntur,
the accuser and the accused, id. 7, 2, 31;
so in several titles of the Digests, as Depositi vel contra, = actio depositi, vel contraria actio depositarii,
Dig. 16, 3 tit.; so ib. 16, 17, 1; 16, 13, 6; 16, 13, 7.—
2.
Reversing the relation of terms in the preceding sentence, the reverse, conversely, vice versa, etc.
a.
With its own predicate: saepe... corpus aegret, Cum tamen ex alia laetamur parte latenti;
Et retro fit uti contra sit saepe vicissim, Cum miser ex animo laetatur corpore toto,
Lucr. 3, 108: illa altera argumentatio, quasi retro et contra, prius sumit, etc., ( proceeding), so to speak, backward and in inverted order, Cic. Part. Or. 13, 46: neque illud ignoro, etc.; sed non idem accidit contra, but the converse is not true, Quint. 8, 6, 3; Gell. 4, 2, 5: ut vocabula verbis, verba rursus adverbiis, nomina appositis et pronominibus essent priora. Nam fit contra quoque frequenter non indecore. for often, not inelegantly, the order is reversed, Quint. 9, 4, 24:
quae etiam contra valent,
i. e. if the terms are reversed, id. 3, 7, 25; 9, 2, 49; 8, 6, 25; 9, 4, 72.—
b.
Belonging to the same predicate:
ut quidque erit dicendum ita dicet, nec satura jejune, nec grandia minute, nec item contra,
Cic. Or. 36, 123:
cum emtor venditori, vel contra, heres exstitit,
Dig. 35, 2, 48:
in quibus patrium pro possessivo dicitur, vel contra,
Quint. 1, 5, 45; 5, 10, 71:
junguntur autem aut ex nostro et peregrino, ut biclinium, aut contra, ut epitogium et Anticato,
id. 1, 5, 68:
ut capras in montosis potius locis quam in herbidis (pascar), equas contra,
but with mares the reverse is the case, Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 16:
itaque ille dicere melius quam praecipere, nos contra fortasse possumus,
Cic. Or. 42, 143:
qua collegi solent ex his quae faciunt ea quae faciuntur, aut contra,
or vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 80; Dig. 14, 1, 1, § 12; 48, 5, 23, § 4.
E.
In logical antithesis of clauses with a merely rhet. force, on the contrary, on the other hand, vice versa; sometimes almost = sed or autem (freq.).
1.
In independent clauses.
a.
Opposing persons or parties: fortunam insanam esse... perhibent philosophi... Sunt autem alii philosophi qui contra Fortunam negant ullam exstare, Pac. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 23, 36 (Trag. Rel. v. 372 Rib.); Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68; Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 1:
ego etiam quae tu sine Verre commisisti Verri crimini daturus sum... Tu, contra, ne quae ille quidem fecit, obicies,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11, 35:
ego contra ostendo, non modo nihil fecisse Sex. Roscium, sed, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 29, 79; id. Phil. 8, 3, 8; id. Off. 1, 30, 108; id. Fin. 5, 22, 62:
in Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro... Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra,
Liv. 22, 39, 13; 21, 50, 2; 3, 15, 2; 6, 7, 4; 9, 35, 4 et saep.; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; Vell. 2, 31, 4; Sen. Ep. 9, 14; id. Ira, 2, 33, 6; Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 113; Tac. H. 3, 84; 3, 57; Suet. Tib. 2; id. Vit. 2; Just. 2, 1, 10; 8, 4, 11:
contra mercator, navim jactantibus austris Militia est potior?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 6; 1, 2, 30; 1, 3, 27; Prop. 2, 1, 45; 2, 23, 13 (3, 17, 3); Sen. Hippol. 214;
so with versa vice: barbarae gentes (Alexandrum) non ut hostem, sed ut parentem luxerunt... Contra Macedones versa vice non ut civem, sed ut hostem amissum gaudebant,
Just. 13, 1, 7.—
b.
Introducing a secondary or parallel opposition of thought: in loco umidiore far potius serunt quam triticum;
contra in aridiore hordeum potius quam far,
Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 4; 1, 1, 47: si nihil esset quod inane vocaret, Omne foret solidum;
nisi contra corpora certe Essent, etc., Omne quod est spatium vacuum constaret inane,
Lucr. 1, 521; 4, 348; cf.:
justa omnia decora sunt, injusta contra, ut turpia, sic indecora,
Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94; id. N. D. 2, 15, 41; id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; id. Quint. 30, 93: id. Off. 3, 21, 84; id. Leg. 2, 1, 2: facilem esse rem... si modo unum omnes sentiant; contra in dissensione nullam se salutem perspicere, Caes. B. G, 5, 31; Liv. 25, 30, 3; Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 2; Plin. 12, 19, 42, § 92; 11, 14, 14, § 35; Suet. Caes. 73; Gell. 1, 4, 5:
si male rem gerere insani est, contra bene, sani,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 74.—
2.
In opposition to a dependent clause:
ut hi miseri, sic contra illi beati quos, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 16; so id. de Or. 1, 45, 198; Quint. 9, 3, 39:
cui ego rei tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te M. Manli adhorter, etc.,
Liv. 6, 15, 5; 6, 31, 4:
cum virtus adeo neminem spe ac pollicitatione corrumpat, ut contra in se inpendere jubeat, ac, etc.,
Sen. Ben. 4, 1, 2: aut igitur negemus quidquam ratione confici, cum contra nihil sine ratione recte fieri possit, aut, etc., whereas on the contrary, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 38, 84; cf.:
at contra,
Lucr. 2, 392.—
3.
With co-ordinate conjunctions.
a.
Copulative, et contra or contraque (never with ac or atque); also nec contra (rare), and on the other hand.
(α).
With reference to a reason or conclusion, after nam, enim, cum, or itaque: nam et ratione uti... omnique in re quid sit veri videre et tueri decet, contraque falli [p. 454]... tam dedecet quam, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 27, 94:
malus est enim custos... metus, contraque benevolentia fidelis,
id. ib. 2, 7, 23:
cum reficiat animos varietas ipsa, contraque sit aliquanto difficilius in labore uno perseverare,
Quint. 1, 12, 4; 3, 8, 32; 8, 6, 20:
itaque in probris maxime in promptu est, si quid tale dici potest, etc. Contraque in laudibus, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; cf. Suet. Calig. 51; so with nec:
nam nec comoedia cothurnis assurgit, nec contra tragoedia socculo ingreditur,
Quint. 10, 2, 22.—
(β).
With contrasted examples or illustrations, often after ut or sic:
audivi ex majoribus natu, hoc idem fuisse in P. Scipione Nasica, contraque patrem ejus... nullam comitatem habuisse sermonis,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109:
ut suspitionibus credi oportere, et contra suspitionibus credi non oportere,
id. Inv. 2, 15, 48; Quint. 8, 4, 1; 5, 10, 48; 9, 3, 7; 9, 4, 52; 11, 1, 14; Sen. Ep. 82, 14; Dig. 17, 1, 22, § 4.—
(γ).
With contrasted actions, assumptions, etc.:
atque utinam qui ubique sunt propugnatores hujus imperii possent in hanc civitatem venire, et contra oppugnatores rei publicae de civitate exterminari!
Cic. Balb. 22, 51:
domo pignori data, et area ejus tenebitur... et contra jus soli sequitur aedificium,
Dig. 13, 7, 21:
equo et asina genitos mares, hinnos antiqui vocabant: contraque mulos quos asini et equae generassent,
Plin. 8, 44, 69, § 17: ceterum potest ex lege quidem esse judicium, sed legitimum non esse, et contra ex lege non esse, sed legitimum esse, Gai Inst. 4, 109; Plin. 2, 65, 65, § 161; 35, 15, 5, § 183.—
(δ).
After a negative clause, affirming the opposite idea, et contra or contraque, but on the contrary:
in quo (consulatu) ego imperavi nihil, et contra patribus conscriptis et bonis omnibus parui,
Cic. Sull. 7, 21:
nunc vero cum ne pulsus quidem ita sim ut superare non possim, contraque a populo Romano semper sim defensus, etc.,
id. Dom. 33, 88; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Marcell. 6, 20; so,
et contra,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
b.
With adversative conjunctions, at contra, sed contra, contra autem, contra vero (not verum contra, nor contra tamen).
(α).
At contra (freq.), merely a strengthened contra (v. 1. supra): huc accedit uti mellis lactisque liquores Jucundo sensu linguae tractentur in ore;
At contra taetri absinthi natura... foedo pertorqueat ora sapore,
Lucr. 2, 400:
cogunt,
id. 2, 74; 1, 366; 2, 235 et saep.: nos qui domi sumus, tibi beati videmur;
at contra nobis tu quidem... prae nobis beatus,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 2; id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. Rosc. Am. 45, 131; id. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 66; Sall. J. 36, 2; 4, 7; 15, 3; id. C. 12, 5:
ideo siccas aiunt Aethiopiae solitudines... At contra constat Germaniam abundare rivis,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 6, 2; 1, 3, 1; id. Ep. 100, 7; Plin. 7, 53, 54, § 186; Suet. Galb. 15; Tac. A. 4, 28.—
(β).
Sed contra, after a negative sentence (class.):
non quo acui ingenia adulescentium nollem, sed contra ingenia obtundi nolui,
Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 93; id. Att. 9, 15, 3; id. Ac. 1, 10, 35; id. Fl. 11, 26:
arma populi Romani non liberis servitutem, sed contra servientibus libertatem adferre,
Liv. 45, 18, 1:
tu ne cede malis, sed contra audentior ito,
Verg. A. 6, 95; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 12.—PostAug. also without a preceding negation:
obiisse nostro Laium scelere autumant superi inferique: sed animus contra innocens... negat,
Sen. Oedip. 765; Symm. Ep. 6, 81.—
(γ).
Contra autem (rare;
in Cic. only where different subjects have contrasted predicates in dependent clauses): quia pacis est insigne toga, contra autem arma tumultus atque belli,
Cic. Pis. 30, 73.—In later writers = contra alone:
sub septemtrione aedificia... conversa ad calidas partes oportere fieri videntur. Contra autem sub impetu solis meridiani regionibus conversa ad septemtrionem... sunt facienda,
Vitr. 6, 1, 2; Gell. 14, 2, 19; Dig. 7, 1, 25, § 3; 34, 3, 25.—
(δ).
Contra vero (very rare;
not in Cic.), used for contra: contra vero quercus infinitam habet aeternitatem,
Vitr. 2, 9, 8; 6, 1, 3; Cels. 3, 6 fin. —
(ε).
Atqui contra, App. Mag. p. 287, 24.—
c.
With disjunctive conjunctions, aut contra, vel contra, seu contra, or on the contrary, or conversely (always without change of subject).
(α).
Aut contra:
num aut scriptum neget, aut contra factum infitietur?
Cic. Part. Or. 38, 133: quae (mens) aut languescit... aut contra tumescit, etc., Quint. 1, 2, 18:
si imbres defuere, aut contra abundavere,
Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 228.—
(β).
Vel contra:
hinc enim quaestiones oriuntur: Injuriam fecisti, sed quia magistratus, majestatis actio est? Vel contra: Licuit... quia magistratus?
Quint. 5, 10, 40; 9, 4, 96; Suet. Galb. 3; Dig. 35, 2, 56, § 4; 8, 4, 6.—
(γ).
Seu contra:
seu tristis veniam, seu contra laetus amicis,
Prop. 1, 11, 25.—
d.
With causal conjunctions, nam contra (very rare;
never contra enim): falso queritur de natura sua genus humanum quod, etc. Nam contra, reputando, neque majus aliud, neque praestabilius invenies,
Sall. J. 1, 1; Quint. 1, 1, 1; 9, 2, 23. —
4.
In late Lat., e contra (also one word, ēcontrā) = contra,
(α).
In the meaning, the contrary (D. 1.):
aliis vero econtra videtur,
Hier. Ep. 12.—
(β).
Et econtra = et contra (E. 3. a.):
honestiorum provectu et econtra suppliciis,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 39, 45.—For quod contra, v. II. E. 1. c.—
5.
With emphatic particles.
a.
Quin contra, nay on the contrary, opposing an affirmative sentence to a preceding negative statement (quin etiam amplifies without opposition; sed contra opposes without amplification; quin contra both opposes and amplifies);
not before Livy: num qui enim socordius rempublicam administrari post Calvi tribunatum... quam? etc. Quin contra patricios aliquot damnatos... neminem plebeium,
Liv. 6, 37, 8; 31, 31, 9; 35, 26, 10; 37, 15, 3.—
b.
Immo contra (post-Aug.).
(α).
= no, on the contrary, refuting opinions, after questions and in the form of a dialogue:
existimas nunc me detrahere tibi multas voluptates?... Immo contra, nolo tibi umquam deesse laetitiam,
Sen. Ep. 23, 3; Dig. 33, 7, 5; 33, 7, 29.—
(β).
= sed contra, but on the contrary:
proinde ne submiseris te, immo contra fige stabilem gradum,
Sen. Cons. Marc. 5, 6; id. Cons. Polyb. 15, 2; cf. prep.:
immo contra ea,
Liv. 41, 24, 8; cf. II. E. 1. b. infra.—
c.
Item contra = an emphatic et contra (very rare):
quoniam... beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item contra miseriam in dolore, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 86; cf. I. A. 3. g supra.
F.
With a comparative clause introduced by ac, atque, or quam, representing a logical or moral opposition (contra atque debuit = non ita ut debuit; cf. Cic. Or. 3, 19, 70); cf. prep., II. C. 3. g, and II. E. 2. infra.
1.
Of logical opposition, contrary to, different from, otherwise than; in the best prose only with atque or ac.
(α).
With atque:
item, contra atque apud nos, fieri ad Elephantinem ut neque ficus neque vites amittant folia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 6:
simulacrum Jovis, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20; id. Sull. 24, 69:
judicium suscepturos contra atque omnis Italia populusque Romanus judicavisset,
Caes. B. C. 3, 12; id. B. G. 4, 13; Plin. 12, 19, 43, § 95.—
(β).
With ac:
itaque contra est ac dicitis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 41:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24, 53; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11; id. Or. 40, 137:
cum contra ac Deiotarus sensit victoria belli judicaret,
id. Phil. 11, 13, 34:
Petreius ubi videt, Catilinam, contra ac ratus erat, magna vi tendere, etc.,
Sall. C. 60, 5.—
(γ).
With ac and atque:
si denique aliquid non contra ac liceret factum diceretur, sed contra atque oporteret,
Cic. Balb. 3, 7.—
(δ).
With quam (post-Aug.):
cui contra quam proposuerat aliqua cesserunt,
Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 5; Plin. 10, 53, 74, § 149; 11, 21, 24, § 72; Gell. 6 (7), 8, 6:
contra quam licet,
id. 1, 3, 19; Sil. 15, 107.—
2.
Of moral opposition of acts contrary to rules and principles (cf. II. 3. g infra); so always with quam:
mater Aviti, generi sui, contra quam fas erat, amore capta,
contrary to the divine law, Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
ut senatus, contra quam ipse censuisset, ad vestitum rediret,
contrary to its own resolution, id. Pis. 8, 18:
contra quam ista causa postulasset,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:
contra quam sanctum legibus est,
Liv. 30, 19, 9; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 11; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 1, § 2; id. Dom. 46, 122:
contraque faciunt quam polliceri videntur,
Auct. Her. 4, 3, 6; Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86.
II.
Prep. with acc., before, against, facing, towards, opposite to, contrary to (acc. to many scholars not ante-class.; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 108; but found Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 24 Fleck., a line omitted by Lorenz as a gloss; id. Pers. 1, 1, 13 Ritschl; Att. ap. Non. p. 469, 15, or Trag. Rel. v. 476 Rib.; cf. also Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 18; Cato, R. R. 18, 1, and v. I. A. 1. a. b, and I. A. 1. b. a supra).
A.
Local uses.
1.
Opposite, over against, facing.
a.
Of countries and places (mostly of those separated by water;
adversus and e regione mostly of places opposite by land): insulae natura triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 13; 3, 9; 4, 20:
ad insulam quae est contra Massiliam,
id. B. C. 1, 56; 3, 23:
Rhodios, pacatis contra insulam suam terris, etc.,
Liv. 37, 15, 7; 3, 26, 8:
Carthago Italiam contra,
Verg. A. 1, 13; 5, 124; Ov. M. 14, 17:
insulae quae contra Tauri promuntorium inopportune navigantibus objacent, Chelidoniae nominantur,
Mel. 2, 7; Plin. 3, 26, 30, § 151; 6, 28, 32, § 152; 5, 7, 7, § 41; Tac. A. 3, 1; id. H. 2, 17.—
b.
Of the heavenly bodies:
donique (luna) eum (sc. solem) contra pleno bene lumine fulsit,
Lucr. 5, 708:
contra Volucris rostrum posita est Lyra,
Vitr. 9, 4, 5; Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 9; 1, 8, 3; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 5, 10, 10, § 56.—So, tertium (latus Britanniae) est contra septem triones, opposite ( facing); hence, contra meridiem and contra ortus (instead of ad or adversus meridiem, etc.), facing the south and east, Plin. 6, 24, 24, § 85; 17, 2, 2, § 22. —So of a person standing in the sunlight:
cum minima umbra (i. e. a sole) contra medium fiet hominem,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 327; cf.:
contra mediam faciem meridies erit,
id. 18, 33, 76, § 326.—
c.
Of opposite ends of a line.
(α).
Of the diameter of the earth: esse e regione nobis e contraria parte terrae qui adversis vestigiis stent contra nostra vestigia, quos antipodas vocatis, Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123.—
(β).
Of a line drawn:
contra autem E littera I erit ubi secat circinationem linea,
opposite the point E will be the letter I, Vitr. 9, 7, 4.—
d.
Of buildings, etc.:
contra hoc aviarium est aliud minus in quo quae mortuae sunt aves curator servare solet,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 5; Vitr. 5, 6, 3; 3, 5, 15:
(statuam) quae fuerit contra Jovis Statoris aedem in vestibulo Superbi domus,
Plin. 34, 6, 13, § 29:
contra medium fere porticum diaeta paulum recedit,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 20; 2, 17, 5; Suet. Aug. 44.—
e.
Of places on the human body:
id quod contra stomachum est,
Cels. 4, 5 (4, 12 med.); 7, 7;
4, 20 (13).—Of the direction of the intestines, etc.: ea... contra medium alvum orsa,
Cels. 4, 1 fin. —
2.
Of actions, opposite, towards, against, facing (syn.:
adversus, ad, e regione,
Caes. B. G. 7, 61).
a.
In gen.:
quamvis subito... quamque Rem contra speculum ponas, apparet imago,
Lucr. 4, 156: Democritus... clipeum constituit contra exortum Hyperionis, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4:
et contra magnum potes hos (i.e. oculos) attollere solem, Nec tremis...?
Prop. 1, 15, 37; Col. 7, 3, 8:
rex constiterat contra pedites,
Curt. 10, 9, 13; 9, 5, 1:
ne contra septentrionem paveris,
Plin. 18, 33, 76, § 330; 28, 6, 19, § 69:
contra solem varie refulgens,
placed in the sun, id. 37, 10, 63, § 173; 10, 54, 75, § 151; 37, 6, 22, § 83;
37, 7, 25, § 95: cum terrestres volucres contra aquam clangores dabunt,
id. 18, 35, 87, § 363; 19, 8, 39, § 131.—
b.
Dependent on verbs of motion (very rare without the idea of hostility):
(Dinocrates) incessit contra tribunal regis jus dicentis,
towards, Vitr. 2, praef. 1.—So trop., of actions done for a purpose:
lege Cornelia de sicariis tenetur qui, cum in magistratu esset, eorum quid fecerit contra hominis necem quod legibus permissum non sit,
Dig. 48, 8, 4.—
c.
Appositively, with the predicate: (elephanti) tanta narratur clementia contra minus validos, ut, etc., if fronting weaker animals, if brought in contact with them (not to be connected with clementia), Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23.—Similarly: dum... fidens non est contra feram, if fronting the animal (not dependent on fidens), Plin. 8, 16, 21, § 57.—
d.
Against an opposing action, etc.:
contra vim atque impetum fluminis conversa,
Caes. B. G. 4, 17, 5:
cum plateae contra directos ventos erunt conformatae,
Vitr. 1, 6, 8:
ut contra ventum gregem pascamus,
Col. 7, 3, 12; Sen. Q. N. 2, 31, 2; Plin. 29, 3, 12, § 52; 17, 2, 2, § 21; 8, 16, 21, § 54:
contra fluminum impetus aggeribus,
id. 35, 14, 48, § 169:
capite in sole contra pilum peruncto,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 17; 18, 35, 88, § 364; Varr. ap. Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83; Sil. 14, 352; Dig. 9, 2, 29, § 4. [p. 455] — Trop.:
contra fortunam tenendus est cursus,
Sen. Prov. 5, 9.—Prov.:
contra stimulum calces,
kick against the pricks, Isid. Orig. 1, 36, 28 (al. calcitres); cf. Amm. 18, 5, 1.—
e.
Of local actions with hostile intent.
(α).
Lit.:
quae vis Coclitem contra omnes hostium copias tenuit?
Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12:
Pompeium Cartejae receptum scribis: jam igitur contra hunc exercitum (sc. constitit),
id. Att. 15, 20, 3:
pertimescam, credo, ne mihi non liceat contra vos in contione consistere,
to face you, id. Agr. 1, 8, 25; Lepidus ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 1; Caes. B. C. 1, 26:
a fronte contra hostem pedum quindecim fossam fieri jussit,
id. ib. 1, 41; 1, 42; id. B. G. 7, 62:
Tullus adversus Veientem hostem derigit suos: Albanos contra legionem Fidenatium collocat,
Liv. 1, 27, 5; 24, 41, 5; 38, 4, 5; Verg. A. 12, 279; Front. Strat. 2, 2, 13; 2, 3, 17.—Appositively, with a local verb understood:
terribilis haec contra fugientes belua est, fugax contra insequentes,
i. e. if fronting, if placed opposite, Plin. 8, 25, 38, § 92.—
(β).
Trop.:
castra sunt in Italia contra populum Romanum in Etruriae faucibus collocata,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5; id. Mil. 1, 2; Quint. 7, 7, 5:
tum contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,
will be as a rival against this Rome, Cic. Agr. 2, 22, 86:
cui rationi contra homines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem sperare, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
(Cicero) plerumque contra inimicos atque obtrectatores plus vindicat sibi,
when fronting adversaries, Quint. 11, 1, 23.—
f.
In partic.
(α).
Stare contra aliquem (opp. stare ab aliquo); usu. implying hostility; mostly trop., to stand against, to be arrayed against, to face, oppose:
quod contra hoc exemplum nulla staret eorum ratio,
Auct. Her. 4, 5, 7:
contra populi studium,
Cic. Brut. 34, 126:
contra civium perditorum... dementiam a senatu et a bonorum causa,
id. ib. 79, 273; so,
a mendacio contra veritatem,
id. Inv. 1, 3, 4:
contra cives in acie,
id. Att. 16, 11, 2:
et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci,
opposite, Verg. A. 5, 477; 5, 414:
haec enim (ratio) sola... stat contra fortunam,
Sen. Ep. 14, 4, 2: contra leonem etiam stetit, fronted, i. e. hunted, Spart. Carac. 5 fin. —
(β).
Contra aliquem ire:
aut saevos Libyae contra ire leones,
Stat. Th. 9, 16.— Trop.:
uti contra injurias armati eatis,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
interritus (sapiens) et contra illa (mala) ibit et inter illa,
Sen. Ep. 59, 8; cf.: contra venire, II. B. 1. c. b infra, and v. also II. B. 2. b. and II. B. 1. b. infra.—
3.
Transf.,
a.
To persons placed together for comparison:
C. vero Caesar, si foro tantum vacasset, non alius ex nostris contra Ciceronem nominaretur,
Quint. 10, 1, 114:
CORONATO CONTRA OMNES SCAENICOS,
Inscr. Grut. p. 331, n. 4.—
b.
To things compared, as if weighed against each other as to their value, strength, etc.
(α).
Lit. (very rare):
quamcunque vis rem expende, et contra aquam statue... Si gravior est, leviorem rem... feret, etc.,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 25, 5.—
(β).
Prop.:
cujus (i. e. generis humani) causa videtur cuncta alia genuisse natura, magna saeva mercede contra tanta sua munera,
Plin. 7, 1, 1, § 1:
qui amicus esse coepit quia expedit, placebit ei aliquod pretium contra amicitiam,
Sen. Ep. 9, 9:
numquam ulli fortiores cives fuerunt quam qui ausi sunt eum contra tantas opes ejus... condemnare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 2, 3:
tantum studium bonorum in me exstitisse, contra incredibilem contentionem clarissimi et potentissimi viri,
id. ib. 7, 2, 2; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9, 3:
nomen prorogans nostrum et memoriam extendens contra brevitatem aevi,
as a compensation for, Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154.—So esp., valere contra, to weigh against, counterbalance, avail or prevail against: non vereor ne meae vitae modestia parum valitura sit contra falsos rumores, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8:
(illa facta) pro periculo potius quam contra salutem valere debere,
Cic. Part. Or. 35, 120; id. Off. 3, 29, 104:
contrane lucrum nil valere Pauperis ingenium?
Hor. Epod. 11, 11; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 1; id. Cons. Helv. 5, 5; so,
robur habere contra: si contra unamquamlibet partem fortunae satis tibi roboris est,
id. ib. 13, 2;
so of counterchecks: in Creta decem qui cosmoe vocantur, ut contra consulare imperium tribuni plebis, sic illi contra vim regiam constituti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58.—Of antidotes: cimicum natura contra serpentium morsus valere dicitur, item contra venena omnia, Plin. 29, 4, 17, § 61.—Hence,
c.
Colloq., aliquid contra aurum est, something is worth gold, is superb, both predicatively and attributively (cf.: auro contra, I. A. 2. supra): hujusce pomaria in summa Sacra Via ubi poma veneunt, contra aurum imago, a spectacle for gold, i. e. a magnificent sight, Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 10 MSS. (al. aliter):
numcubi hic vides citrum... num quod emblema aut lithostratum? quae illic omnia contra aurum,
superb, id. ib. 3, 2, 4 MSS. (Schneid. omits aurum, ex conj.):
oneravi vinum, et tunc erat contra aurum,
Petr. 7, 6.—
d.
Transf., of replies, with aiebat, inquit, etc.; both in friendly and inimical sense; esp., contra ea, contra haec, = the adv. contra:
contra ea Titurius sero facturos clamitabat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 29:
contra ea Verginius unum Ap. Claudium et legum expertem et, etc., aiebat,
Liv. 3, 57, 1; 24, 45, 4:
quae contra breviter fata est vates,
Verg. A. 6, 398:
contra quod disertus Tu impie fecisti inquit, etc.,
Quint. 7, 1, 53 (cf.: contra ea, II. E. 1. infra).
B.
Denoting hostility or disadvantage.
1.
With verbs of hostile action.
a.
Of physical exertion:
pugnavere et tertio consulatu ejus viginti (elephanti) contra pedites quingentos,
Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 22:
proelium Afri contra Aegyptios primi fecere fustibus,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 200; 8, 40, 61, § 142. —
b.
Referring to warfare (usu. adversus), bellum gerere (rarely for cum or adversus; but contra patriam, contra aras, etc., not cum patria, etc.; cf.
bellum, II. A. 1. e.): a quo prohibitos esse vos contra Caesarem gerere bellum (opp. pro),
Cic. Lig. 8, 25; id. Phil. 5, 10, 27; Liv. Ep. 129.—With bellum suscipere:
contra Antonium,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5; so,
contra patriam,
id. Sull. 20, 58:
pugnare contra patriam,
id. ib. 25, 70:
contra conjuges et liberos,
Sen. Ben. 5, 15, 5:
armatum esse contra populum Romanum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32.—With arma ferre (freq.), Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 72; 13, 21, 47; Liv. 28, 28, 15; Nep. Att. 4, 2; Tib. 1, 6, 30; Ov. M. 4, 609; 13, 269; id. P. 1, 1, 26.—With arma sumere or capere, Cic. Rab. Perd. 6, 19; id. Phil. 4, 1, 2; 4, 3, 7:
armis contendere contra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 13:
arma alicui dare (trop.),
Cic. Phil. 2, 21, 53:
aciem instruere (trop.),
Liv. 25, 4, 4:
exercitum comparare,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 14; 4, 1, 2:
exercitum instruere,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
exercitum ducere and adducere,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; 3, 4, 11:
exercitum contra Philippum mittere,
id. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
naves ducere contra,
Hor. Epod. 4, 19:
ducere contra hostes,
Liv. 1, 27, 4:
florem Italiae educere contra,
Cic. Cat. 2, 11, 24:
proficisci contra,
to march against, Liv. 1, 11, 3; 8, 2, 5:
auxilium ferre Rutulis contra Latinos,
Plin. 14, 12, 14, § 88:
juvare aliquem contra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 35:
consilium inire contra Sequanos,
to take hostile measures against, id. B. G. 6, 12.—
c.
Of legal contention (more freq. adversus, except with verbs of saying).
(α).
In gen., with agere or causam agere, to act as counsel against a party or his attorney:
cum agerem contra hominem disertissimum nostrae civitatis,
Cic. Caecin. 33, 97; id. Brut. 63, 226; Sen. Ben. 4, 15, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 59.—Causam recipere or suscipere contra, to accept a retainer against:
(causam) quam receperam contra pueros Octavios,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 12; Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 1.—Adesse alicui contra, to appear, act as one's counsel against:
rogavit me Caecilius ut adessem contra Satrium,
Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 5 al.; cf.:
esse contra,
id. ib. 1, 18, 3.— Trop.: conquesturus venit;
at contra se adfuit et satisfacienti satisfecit,
Sen. Fragm. Amic. 14, 1, 89:
causam defendere contra,
against the accuser, Cic. de Or. 1, 39, 178:
statuere contra aliquem (sc. causam),
to establish a case against an adversary, id. Or. 10, 34:
actio competit contra,
Dig. 49, 14, 41:
querelam instituere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 21, § 1:
bonorum possessionem petere contra,
ib. 5, 2, 23:
jus obtinere contra,
Cic. Quint. 9, 34:
pugnare contra,
to struggle against the accuser, id. Sull. 17, 49; id. Verr. 1, 11, 33:
id quod mihi contra illos datum est,
i. e. a local advantage over, id. Tull. 14, 33:
judicare contra aliquem,
id. Fl. 20, 48; Dig. 21, 2, 55; 5, 2, 14; Just. Inst. 4, 17, 2:
pronuntiare contra,
Paul. Sent. 5, 34, 2: dare sententiam contra, Dig. 21, 2, 56, § 1:
decernere contra,
Cic. Fl. 31, 76:
appellare contra aliquem,
Dig. 49, 1, 3; 49, 5, 6; cf.:
contra sententiam,
Cod. Just. 7, 62, 32, § 2.—Sentire contra aliquem, to have an opinion unfavorable to:
cur vos (cum) aliquid contra me sentire dicatis, etc.,
Cic. Caecin. 27, 79.—
(β).
Venire contra aliquem, to appear as counsel for one's adversary:
quid tu, Saturi, qui contra hunc venis, existimas aliter?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 6, 18; id. Mur. 4, 9; id. Phil. 8, 6, 18.—Venire contra rem alicujus, to give advice damaging one's interests:
contra rem suam me venisse questus est,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 3.—
(γ).
With dicere and other verbs of saying. (aa) Of a lawyer pleading against a lawyer:
ipse ille Mucius, quid in illa causa cum contra te diceret, attulit quod? etc.,
Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 244:
cum ille contra me pro Sex. Naevio diceret,
id. Brut. 60, 2, 7; id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 45; id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 44; id. Planc. 2, 5; id. Brut. 26, 102; so,
causam dicere,
id. Or. 2, 23, 98:
causam perorare,
id. Quint. 24, 77.—(bb) Of a lawyer's pleading against the parties: dic mihi, M. Pinari, num si contra te dixero mihi male dicturus es? Servil. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 65, 261; 3, 34, 138; 1, 14, 60; id. Or. 35, 123; Quint. 11, 1, 57; cf. with ellipsis of acc.:
quorum alter pro Aufldia, contra dixit alter,
id. 10, 1, 22.—(ng) Of a party against a lawyer:
si Gaditani contra me dicerent,
if the Gaditani were my adversaries, Cic. Balb. 17, 38.—(dd) Of witnesses and experts, and the pleadings against them:
si decressent legationem quae contra istum diceret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 12: contra testes dicere (opp. a testibus or pro testibus). Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118 (cf.:
testimonium in aliquem dicere,
id. Sull. 17, 48; Quint. 7, 4, 36):
contra juris consultos dicere,
against their legal opinions, Cic. Caecin. 24, 69.—So of witnesses in scientific questions:
contra testes dicendum est,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 1.—(ee) Dicere or contendere aliquid contra aliquem, to maintain a point against:
cum interrogamus adversarios... quid contra nos dici possit,
Auct. Her. 4, 23, 33:
tamenne vereris ut possis hoc contra Hortensium contendere?
Cic. Quint. 25, 78. —
d.
Of literary adversaries, mostly with verbs of saying and writing:
cum scriberem contra Epicurios,
Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:
contra Epicurum satis superque dictum est,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 2:
contra Brutum,
id. Tusc. 5, 8, 21:
contra Academiam,
id. Ac. 2, 19, 63; id. Fin. 1, 1, 2; 5, 8, 22; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; 5, 30, 84; id. Ac. 2, 4, 17:
contra autem omnia disputatur a nostris,
id. Off. 2, 2, 8.—
e.
Of public and political adversaries (syn. adversus and in).
(α).
In gen.:
sentire contra,
Cic. Mil. 2, 5:
pugnare contra bonos,
id. Sull. 25, 71:
contra eos summa ope nitebatur nobilitas,
Sall. C. 38, 2; Cic. Sest. 19, 42; 52, 112:
(tribuni) qui aut contra consulem, aut pro studio ejus pugnabant,
Liv. 39, 32, 12.—
(β).
Of political speaking:
cum (Cato) eo ipso anno contra Serv. Galbam ad populum summa contentione dixisset,
Cic. Brut. 20, 80; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 53; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1.—
f.
Of hostile or criminal acts in gen. (syn.:
adversus, in): inire consilia contra,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 110; id. Cat. 1, 7, 18:
manum comparare contra aliquem,
id. Sull. 24, 68:
conjurationem facere,
id. ib. 4, 12:
congredi,
id. Lig. 3, 9; Sall. J. 64, 4:
aliquid contra imperatorem moliri,
Just. Inst. 4, 18, 3:
nec dolor armasset contra sua viscera matrem,
against her own offspring Ov. R. Am. 59.—Facere contra (more freq. with abstr. objects; cf. II. C. 1. f. b infra): nunc te contra Caesarem facere summae stultitiae est, to take parts against, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 16, 2:
eae (res) contra nos ambae faciunt,
operate against us, id. Quint. 1, 1.—With verbs of saying, etc.:
homo disertus non intellegit, eum quem contra dicit laudari a se?
Cic. Phil. 2, 8, 18; 2, 1, 2; 2, 21, 51; Sen. Ep. 15, 3, 70:
epigramma quod contra quamdam Gelliam scripsit,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 38:
disputare contra deos, in two signif.: contra deum licet disputare liberius,
to accuse, reproach a god, Cic. N. D. 3, 31, 76; but: mala et impia consuetudo est contra deos disputandi, to reason against the gods, i. e. against their existence, id. ib. 2, 67, 168.—
2.
Predicatively, with esse (videri, etc.), against, injurious to, unfavorable, prejudicial, to one's disadvantage: ut [p. 456] ex senatusconsulto neque cujus intersit, neque contra quem sit intellegi possit, Cic. Mur. 32, 68; id. de Or. 3, 20, 75; 2, 74, 299; 2, 81, 330; id. Sull. 13, 39; Sen. Ben. 6, 31, 6:
licentiam malis dare certe contra bonos est,
injurious to, Quint. 4, 2, 75:
res contra nos est, of unfavorable chances in a lawsuit,
id. 4, 66, 1; 4, 2, 75; 5, 13, 32.—Often, contra aliquem = quod est contra aliquem, referring to indef. pronouns or adjectives:
nihil contra me fecit odio mei = nihil quod esset contra me,
Cic. Har. Resp. 3, 5; id. Off. 3, 31, 112:
quibus (temporibus) aliquid contra Caesarem Pompeio suaserim,
id. Phil. 2, 10, 24.—
3.
Added adverb. to the predicate, mostly referring to purpose, with hostile intent, for the purpose of some hostile act, in order to oppose, in opposition:
Caesarine eam (provinciam) tradituri fuistis, an contra Caesarem retenturi?
or keep it against Caesar, Cic. Lig. 7, 23:
sero enim resistimus ei quem per annos decem aluimus contra nos,
id. Att. 7, 5, 5:
judicium illud pecunia esse temptatum non pro Cluentio, sed contra Cluentium,
id. Clu. 4, 9; id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; id. Ac. 2, 28, 92:
cum quae facitis ejusmodi sint ut ea contra vosmet ipsos facere videamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 104; Sen. Ep. 3, 7, 3: Curio se contra eum totum parat, i. e. to speak against him, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10; Caes. B. C. 1, 85 ter; Sen. Q. N. 1, 7, 1; Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192; Plin. Pan. 41.—So with the force of a temporal clause:
fidem meam quam essent contra Massam Baebium experti,
in the suit against, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 4.—
4.
Dependent on adjectives (rare):
contra se ipse misericors,
to his own injury, Phaedr. 4, 18, 3:
severissimus judex contra fures,
Lampr. Alex. Sev. 28.—
5.
With nouns.
a.
Acc. to 1. b.:
ut quam maximae contra Hannibalem copiae sint,
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17; cf. Vell. 2, 76, 3.—
b.
Acc. to 1. c. and 1. e.; so esp., oratio contra (cf.: oratio in).
(α).
Oratio contra (never in), of an address against the counsel of a party or against the prosecutor:
quid in omni oratione Crassus vel apud centumviros contra Scaevolam, vel contra accusatorem Brutum, cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220; cf.:
Cato pro se contra Cassium = in oratione contra,
Gell. 10, 15, 3; so,
haec perpetua defensio contra Scaevolam,
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221:
orationem illam egregiam quam (Aeschines) in Ctesiphontem contra Demosthenem dixerat,
id. ib. 3, 56, 213.—
(β).
Of an address against the party, either in judicial or political affairs:
unam orationem contra Gracchum reliquit,
Cic. Brut. 26, 99:
(Demosthenis) oratio contra Leptinem... contra Aeschinem falsae legationis,
id. Or. 31, 111; Gell. 10, 24, 10; 10, 18, 91; Cic. Brut. 46, 169; Quint. 12, 10, 61; Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 45; id. Brut. 44, 164; Gell. 13, 25 (24), 15; cf. Quint. 4, 3, 13; 11, 2, 25.—
c.
Acc. to 1. f.:
contra patres concitatio et seditio,
Cic. Brut. 14, 56.—Of animals:
contra volpium genus communibus inimicitiis,
Plin. 10, 76, 96, § 207.
C.
With inanimate and abstract objects.
1.
Directly dependent on verbs (cf. B. 1.).
a.
Of physical or moral exertion:
cum fulmina contra Tot paribus streperet clipeis,
Verg. A. 10, 567:
pugnandum tamquam contra morbum, sic contra senectutem,
Cic. Sen. 11, 35:
contra verum niti,
Sall. J. 35, 8:
contra fortunam luctari,
Sen. Ben. 7, 15, 2; id. Brev. Vit. 10, 1; id. Ep. 78, 15; 99, 32; cf. Cic. Off. 1, 31, 110.—
b.
Of warfare (lit. and trop.):
bellum contra aras, focos, vitam fortunasque gerere,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
bellum gerimus... contra arma verbis,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 1.—So of logical contradictions:
artificis autem est invenire in actione adversarii quae semet ipsa pugnent,
Quint. 5, 13, 30.—
c.
Of legal contention.
(α).
Of the actions of the counsel or prosecutor: dicere, or perorare, agere contra aliquid, to plead against, contest something:
contra argumenta, rumores, tabulas, quaestiones (opp. ab argumentis, etc.),
Auct. Her. 2, 6, 9 sqq.; Cic. de Or. 2, 27, 118:
contra ratiocinationem,
id. Inv. 2, 50, 153: contra scriptum dicere, to contest, controvert a written law or a document, id. ib. 2, 47, 138; 2, 48, 143; id. Brut. 39, 145; Quint. 7, 7, 1:
contra caput dicere,
to plead against life, Cic. Quint. 13, 44 (cf.:
servum in caput domini interrogare,
Paul. Sent. 1, 1, 34; 5, 16, 5 and 8; 5, 46, 3): contra libertatem agere, Dig. 40, 12, 26.—Pregn.:
contra rerum naturam, contraque consuetudinem hominum dicere (opp. contra nos dicere),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 45.—
(β).
Of judicial decisions contradicting documents, etc.:
contra tabulas judicare,
Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 281:
contra testamentum,
Dig. 2, 17, § 1:
contra sententiam dicere,
ib. 49, 8, 1, § 2.—
(γ).
Admittere aliquem contra bona, to admit a petition for bonorum possessio (cf.:
inmittere in bona),
Dig. 38, 2, 3, § 6.—
d.
Of antagonism in literary and ethical questions.
(α).
To contend that something is false:
dicere, disputare, disserere contra opinionem or sententiam,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 5, 19, 55; id. de Or. 3, 18, 67; id. Fin. 5, 4, 10; id. Ac. 2, 18, 60; Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 3; id. Ep. 87, 5; 102, 5 (cf.:
in sententiam dicere,
in support of an opinion, Caes. B. G. 1, 45):
contra sensus dicere,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 101:
contra rhetoricen dicere,
Quint. 2, 17, 40.—
(β).
Of criticism, hostility to principles, etc.:
contra Iliadem et Odysseam scribere,
Vitr. 7, praef. 8:
contra quorum disciplinam ingenium ejus exarserat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83.—
(γ).
Ethically:
contra voluptatem dicere,
that pleasure is a moral evil, Cic. Fin. 5, 8, 21:
contra mortem loqui,
that death is no evil, Sen. Ep. 82, 7;
in both senses: contra vitia, pericula, fortunam, ambitionem,
id. ib. 100, 10:
contra fortunam gloriari,
that fortune has no power over him, Cic. Tusc. 5, 9, 26; Sen. Ep. 26, 5.—
e.
Of public and political acts and speeches:
contra potentiam accusatorum dicere,
Cic. Brut. 44, 164:
contra legem dicere or verba facere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 53; Liv. 34, 8, 1:
rogationem ferre contra coloniam ( = contra legem de colonia deducenda),
Cic. Clu. 51, 140; Auct. Her. 1, 17, 21; Plin. 8, 17, 24, § 64.—
f.
Of hostility, injury, wrongs, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
senatusconsulto quod contra dignitatem tuam fieret,
directed against, Cic. Fam. 12, 29, 2:
contra rem publicam se commovere,
id. Cat. 1, 26; 1, 3, 7:
incitari,
id. Sest. 47, 100:
consilia inire,
id. Agr. 2, 3, 8:
conjurationem facere,
Sall. C. 30, 6:
contra salutem urbis incitari,
Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
cogitare aliquid contra salutem,
id. ib. 3, 9, 21: contra voluntatem or studium dicere, to oppose one's will in a speech:
esse aliquem in civitate qui contra ejus (Chrysogoni) voluntatem dicere auderet,
id. Rosc. Am. 22, 60; id. Phil. 1, 11, 28; id. de Or. 3, 34, 138; id. Mur. 4, 10; Tac. H. 2, 91:
ne quid contra aequitatem contendas, ne quid pro injuria,
do not array yourself against equity, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71.— Trop.:
quis non contra Marii arma, contra Suliae proscriptionem irascitur? ( = Mario propter arma, Sullae propter proscriptionem),
Sen. Ira, 2, 2, 3.—
(β).
In partic.: facere contra aliquid (syn. adversus), to commit an offence against, to transgress, etc.:
si quis ad Antonium profectus esset... senatus existimaturum eum contra rem publicam fecisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 33; id. Mil. 5, 13; 6, 14; id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 3, 25, 95; S. C. ap. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 6; Liv. 25, 4, 7; so,
contra salutem rei publicae facere,
Cic. Dom. 38, 102:
contra majestatem,
against the emperor, Dig. 48, 4, 5:
contra leges,
Cic. Dom. 18, 48; id. Vatin. 7, 18; id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Mur. 32, 67; id. de Or. 3, 19, 70; cf. id. Clu. 34, 92; id. Mur. 32, 68; id. Dom. 14, 38; id. Phil. 10, 6, 13; Gai Inst. 4, 121:
contra edictum (praetoris),
Cic. Verr 2, 3, 10, § 25; Dig. 39, 1, 20, § 1:
contra foedus,
Cic. Balb. 6, 16:
contra jusjurandum ac fidem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; id. Lael. 3, 30, 74; id. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 7; Prop. 3, 30, 44 (2, 32, 44).—And ironically:
tune contra Caesaris nutum (sc. facies)?
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 1.—Rarely contra ea facere = contra facere, adverb. (cf. I. B. 8. and II. E. 1. b.):
corpus in civitatem inferri non licet... et qui contra ea fecerit, extra ordinem punitur,
Paul. Sent. 1, 21, 2; 1, 21, 12.—
2.
Predicatively with esse (usu. impers.), in violation of, in conflict with, contrary to (cf. 3. g).
(α).
With esse expressed as the predicate:
hominem hominis incommodo suum augere commodum magis est contra naturam quam mors,
Cic. Off. 3, 5, 21; id. Fin. 3, 9, 31; id. N. D. 3, 13, 33; Sen. Ep. 5, 4; Plin. 7, 8, 6, § 45:
contra leges or legem est,
Cic. Pis. 13, 30; id. Mur. 32, 67:
contra officium est,
id. Off. 3, 10, 43; 1, 10, 32; 1, 6, 19; cf. id. Lael. 11, 39; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Liv. 6, 40, 5; Sen. Q. N. 2, 37, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 157; Dig. 30, 1, 112, § 3; 16, 3, 1, § 7.—With ellipsis of object (naturam), Cic. Fin. 5, 29, 89; cf.:
adeo res ista non habet ullam moram quae contra causas ignium sit,
unfavorable to the formation of fire, Sen. Q. N. 2, 26, 7.—
(β).
With verbal predicate, referring to an indef. pron. or adj., with esse understood:
scis hunc... nihil umquam contra rem tuam cogitasse ( = nihil quod contra rem tuam esset),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 147; id. Mil. 5, 13:
aliquid contra animum audiendi,
something against our liking, Sen. Const. 19, 2.—So mostly with facere:
si quid Socrates aut Aristippus contra morem consuetudinemque fecerint,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148; id. Att. 3, 23, 2; 2, 22, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 63; Sall. C. 15, 1; Dig. 8, 2, 11; 8, 2, 17; 35, 1, 79, § 2. —
(γ).
Contra officium, substantively, = id quod contra officium est:
Sic inter recte factum atque peccatum, officium et contra officium, media locabat quaedam,
Cic. Ac. 1, 10, 37.—
3.
Adverbially with the predicate.
(α).
In order to oppose, in opposition to, with hostile intent (cf. B. 3.):
eidem illam proscriptionem capitis mei contra salutem rei publicae rogatam esse dicebant,
that the proposal of the law was an attack on the republic, Cic. Prov. Cons. 19, 45; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 35; id. Phil. 10, 10, 22:
imperator contra postulata Bocchi nuntios mittit,
to reply to the demands, Sall. J. 83, 3; 25, 6; so,
advocare contra,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 12, 4; id. Ep. 15, 2, 52:
si contra mortem te praeparaveris,
to meet death, id. ib. 11, 3, 8.—
(β).
With the force of a clause of manner, injuriously to, etc.:
quibus contra valetudinis commodum laborandum est,
Cic. Mur. 23, 47; Suet. Aug. 78:
contra hominis salutem,
with danger to a man's life, Cod. Just. 7, 62, 29.—
(γ).
In gen., of conflict with some rule or principle, contrary to, in violation of, without regard to ( = ita ut contra sit; cf. 2. supra; very freq. from the class. period;
syn. adversus): ceperitne pecunias contra leges P. Decius,
Cic. de Or. 2, 31, 136; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 10; id. Fl. 34, 86:
pecuniam contra leges auferre,
id. Verr. 1, 18, 56; 2, 1, 10, § 27; 2, 5, 18, § 46; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
contra legem,
id. Rab. Perd. 3, 8; id. Dom. 16, 41:
contra jus fasque,
id. Har. Resp. 16, 34; id. Quint. 6, 28:
contra jus,
Liv. 5, 4, 14; id. Dom. 13, 55; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 34:
contra jus gentium,
Liv. 4, 32, 5; 9, 10, 10; 21, 25, 7; 5, 36, 6;
6, 1, 6: contra juris rigorem,
Dig. 40, 5, 24, § 10 et saep.:
contra testimonium aliquid judicare,
without regard to, Cic. Brut. 31, 117:
aliquid contra verecundiam disputare,
contrary to the rules of decency, id. Off. 1, 35, 128:
aliquid contra fidem constituere,
Quint. 5, 13, 34:
quae majores nostri contra lubidinem animi sui recte atque ordine fecere,
contrary to the dictates of passion, Sall. C. 51, 4; id. J. 33, 1; cf. of logical opposition, II. E. 2. infra.—
4.
Dependent on substt.
a.
Of physical strife:
scit ille imparem sibi luctatum contra nexus (draconis),
Plin. 8, 12, 12, § 33. —
b.
Of warfare:
imperatorum copia contra tuum furorem,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
Parthorum gloria contra nomen Romanum,
Liv. 9, 18, 6: in castris perditorum contra patriam, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 6.—
c.
Of legal contention:
causa contra scriptum,
Cic. Inv. 2, 46, 135.—
d.
Of political speaking:
divina M. Tullii eloquentia contra leges agrarias,
Quint. 2, 16, 7; 9, 3, 50; Gell. 18, 7, 7.—
e.
Of literary opposition:
Caesaris vituperatio contra laudationem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 40, 1.—
f.
Of hostility, etc.:
cujus factum, inceptum, conatumve contra patriam,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
ullum factum dictumve nostrum contra utilitatem vestram,
Liv. 6, 40, 5.—
g.
Of injury:
vitae cupiditas contra rem publicam,
Cic. Planc. 37, 90: contra serpentes venenum, fatal to serpents, or as a defence against serpents, Plin. 7, 2, 2, § 15.—
h.
Of violation, disregard, etc. (cf. 3. g):
iter contra senatus auctoritatem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 48:
contra consuetudinem somnium,
Plin. 10, 77, 98, § 211:
bonorum possessio contra tabulas,
Dig. 37, 4, 3, § 13; Gai Inst. 3, 41.—
5.
Dependent on adjectives (very rare; cf.
II. D. 2. c. infra): contraque patris impii regnum impotens, avum resolvam,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 966.
D.
Of defence, protection, and resistance (syn.: adversus, ab).
1.
Against persons.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
cum populus Romanus suam auctoritatem vel contra omnes qui dissentiunt possit defendere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63: si ego consul rem publicam [p. 457] contra te et gregales tuos defendissem, id. Sest. 52, 111; 22, 49; 8, 20; id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45:
contra quem multum omnes boni providerunt,
provided a great defence, id. Mur. 38, 81: formula qua utitur patronus contra libertum qui eum in jus vocat, as a defence against, Gai Inst. 4, 46. —And of protection of plants against injurious animals:
contra haec animalia proderit, si, etc.,
Pall. 10, 3, 2.—
b.
Dependent on adjectives, mostly participial:
paratus contra,
Cic. Mil. 21, 56:
nihil satis firmum contra Metellum,
Sall. J. 80, 1:
contra potentes nemo est munitus satis,
Phaedr. 2, 6, 1.—
2.
Against inanimate and abstract things.
a.
Dependent on verbs:
contra avium morsus munitur vallo aristarum,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
propugnaculum, quo contra omnes meos impetus usurum se putat,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 40; 2, 5, 39, § 102:
publicam causam contra vim armatam suscipere,
id. Dom. 34, 91; id. Quint. 30, 94; id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:
contra tantas difficultates providere,
Sall. J. 90, 1; 76, 4; so,
contra ea,
id. ib. 57, 5:
patricii vi contra vim resistunt,
Liv. 3, 13, 4; Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 28; Tac. Agr. 45; Sen. Prov. 4, 12; id. Const. 5, 4.—
b.
Dependent on substt.:
suffragia contra oppugnationem vestrae majestatis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 12, 35:
defensio contra vim,
id. Mil. 5, 14:
patronus justitiae fuit contra orationem Phili,
id. Lael. 7, 25; Plin. 29, 2, 9, § 30; 14, 3, 4, § 40:
contra labores patientia,
id. 23, 1, 22, § 37.—
c.
Dependent on adjectives (in Cic. freq. with P. a. predicatively used; otherwise very rare;
in later prose freq.): nec est quidquam Cilicia contra Syriam munitius,
against an attack from the side of Syria, Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 4:
ut nullius res tuta, nullius domus clausa, nullius vita saepta, nullius pudicitia munita contra tuam cupiditatem posset esse,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 15, § 39; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; id. Mil. 25, 67; id. Tusc. 5, 8, 19; 5, 27, 76:
vir contra audaciam firmissimus,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; Sall. J. 33, 2; 28, 5:
fortis contra dolorem,
Sen. Ep. 98, 18; Quint. 12, 1, 10:
callosus,
Plin. 11, 37, 54, § 147; 14, 2, 4, § 23:
far contra hiemes firmissimum,
id. 18, 8, 19, § 83:
equus tenax contra vincula,
Ov. Am. 3, 4, 13:
contraque minantia fata pervigil,
Claud. I. Cons. Stil. 1, 284.—
3.
Of remedies against sickness and its causes, poison, etc.; so only in Plin.; in Pall. only of preventives and of protection against hurtful animals, and against mental perturbations in gen.; cf. infra (syn. ad in Cat., Cic., Cels., Col.; adversus only in Celsus, who also has in with abl.).
(α).
Dependent on verbs:
cujus et vinum et uva contra serpentium ictus medetur,
Plin. 14, 18, 22, § 117; 7, 2, 2, § 13:
prodest et contra suspiria et tussim,
id. 20, 13, 50, § 128:
valet potum contra venena,
id. 28, 7, 21, § 74; 29, 4, 22, § 71; 29, 4, 26, § 81; 28, 8, 27, § 98; 16, 37, 71, § 180; 35, 6, 14, § 34; 28, 6, 18, §§ 65-67.—
(β).
Dependent on substt.:
remedium contra morsus,
Plin. 8, 32, 50, § 118; 10, 59, 79, § 163:
contra venena esse omnia remedio,
id. 16, 44, 95, § 251; 17, 24, 37, § 240; 7, 1, 1, § 4.—
(γ).
Dependent on adjectives:
vinum quod salutare contra pestilentiam sit,
Pall. 11, 14, 17.—
(δ).
Appositively, as a remedy:
cujus lacteum succum miris laudibus celebrat... contra serpentes et venena,
Plin. 5, 1, 1, § 16; 29, 4, 26, § 83. —So of remedies against affections:
Tiberium tonante caelo coronari ea (lauro) solitum ferunt contra fulminum metus,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 135; cf. Sen. Ira, 2, 21, 1; id. Tranq. 5. 1.
E.
Of logical opposition.
1.
With a neuter demonstrative (contra ea, contra haec, contra quae, quod contra = contra, adv.).
a.
The contrary, the reverse (very rare; cf.
I. D. 1.): sed mihi contra ea videtur,
but to me the contrary seems true, Sall. J. 85, 1:
omnia quae contra haec sunt, omnia quae contra sunt,
and vice versa, Quint. 5, 10, 90. —
b.
Contra ea, on the contrary, in logical antithesis (not in Cic. and Sall.; once in Caes. and Quint.; several times in Liv. and Nep.; cf.: contra ea, in other uses, II. A. 2. e. a, II. D. 2. a., II. A. 3. d., II. C. 1. f.):
omnes arderent cupiditate pugnandi... contra ea Caesar... spatiumque interponendum... putabat ( = at contra),
but Caesar on the contrary, Caes. B. C. 3, 74: superbe ab Samnitibus... legati prohibiti commercio sunt;
contra ea benigne ab Siculorum tyrannis adjuti,
Liv. 4, 52, 6; 2, 60, 1; 21, 20, 6;
44, 43, 5: pater... Thracem me genuit, contra ea mater Atheniensem,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4; id. praef. 6; id. Alcib. 8, 1.—And after a question, with immo (cf. I. E. 5. b.):
an infirmissimi omnium... (sumus)? Immo contra ea vel viribus nostris, vel, etc., tuti (sumus),
Liv. 41, 24, 8.—
c.
Quod contra, by anastrophe (v. F. 1.), contrary to which, whereas, while on the contrary (only once in Lucr. and three times in Cic.):
illud in his rebus vereor ne forte rearis, Inpia te rationis inire elementa viamque indugredi sceleris: quod contra saepius illa Religio peperit scelerosa atque impia facta,
whereas on the contrary, Lucr. 1, 81:
cujus a me corpus crematum est, quod contra decuit ab illo meum (sc. cremari),
Cic. Sen. 23, 84:
quod contra oportebat delicto dolere, correctione gaudere,
id. Lael. 24, 90 (B. and K. place a comma after oportebat; cf.
Nauck ad loc.): reliquum est ut eum nemo judicio defenderit: quod contra copiosissime defensum esse contendi,
id. Quint. 28, 87 (many consider contra in all these passages as an adverb; cf. Hand, Turs. II. p. 121 sq.; some explain quod as an ancient ablative, = qua re;
v. Ritschl,
Plaut. Exc. p. 57, Munro ad Lucr. 1, 82).—
2.
With an abstract noun, with the force of the adverb contra with ac or atque (I. F. 1.), contrary to, contrary to what, etc. (esp. in Sall., not in Cic.; cf. praeter): celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, contrary to the opinion ( = contra ac rati erant), Caes. B. G. 6, 30:
contra opinionem Jugurthae ad Thalam perveniunt,
Sall. J. 75, 9; Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Contra spem either contrary to the opinion, or against the hope:
Metellus contra spem suam laetissume excipitur ( = contra ac ratus, veritus est),
Sall. J. 88, 1; so,
cetera contra spem salva invenit,
Liv. 9, 23, 17:
contra spem omnium L. Furium optavit,
id. 6, 25, 5; Curt. 8, 4, 45;
but: at Jugurtha contra spem nuntio accepto ( = contra ac speraverat),
Sall. J. 28, 1; Liv. 24, 45, 3:
postquam... Jugurtha contra timorem animi praemia sceleris adeptum sese videt,
Sall. J. 20, 1:
ipse in Numidiam procedit, ubi contra belli faciem tuguria plena hominumque... erant ( = contra ac in bello evenire solet),
id. ib. 46, 5:
contra famam,
Plin. 13, 22, 43, § 126; 7, 53, 54, § 180:
segniterque et contra industriam absconditae formicae,
slowly, and in a manner different from their usual activity, id. 18, 35, 88, § 364.—Of persons:
frigidam potionem esse debere, contra priores auctores, Asclepiades confirmavit,
contrary to the opinion of the former physicians, Cels. 4, 26 (19).
F.
Sometimes by anastrophe after its noun.
1.
In prose, after relatives, esp. in Cic.:
quos contra disputant,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
quem contra dicit,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 18 (v. II. B. 1. f.):
quem contra veneris,
id. Mur. 4, 9:
quas contra, praeter te, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 18:
eos ipsos quos contra statuas,
id. Or. 10, 34:
quos contra me senatus armavit,
id. Att. 10, 8, 8:
quam contra multa locutus est,
Sen. Ep. 82, 7, Plin. Ep. 1, 23, 3; Claud. in Rufin. 1, 332; v. also E. 1. c. supra.—
2.
After other words ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):
hunc igitur contra mittam contendere causam,
Lucr. 4, 471:
dicere eos contra,
id. 4, 484:
donique eum contra,
id. 5, 708:
agmina contra,
Verg. A. 12, 279:
magnum Alciden contra,
id. ib. 5, 414:
Paridem contra,
id. ib. 5, 370:
Italiam contra,
id. ib. 1, 13:
deos contra,
Ov. P. 1, 1, 26:
Messania moenia contra,
id. M. 14, 17:
litora Calabriae contra,
Tac. A. 3, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > contra dicta

20 महा _mahā

1
महा A cow.

2

महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)

-Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.

-अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.

-(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.

-2 a kind of rat.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.

-अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.

-अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.

-अध्वरः a great sacrifice.

-अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.

-2 cooking utensils. (

-सी) a kitchen-maid. (

-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.

-अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.

-अनुभाव a.

1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.

-2 virtuous, righteous, just.

(-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.

-2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.

-अन्तकः 1 death.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.

-2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.

-अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.

-अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (

-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.

-अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.

-अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).

-अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.

-अम्बुजम् a billion.

-अम्ल a. very sour. (

-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.

-अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (

-र्घः) a kind of quail.

-अर्घ्य a.

1 valuable, precious.

-2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.

-अर्चिस् a. flaming high.

-अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-अर्थ a.

1 rich.

-2 great, noble, dignified.

-3 important, weighty.

-4 significant.

-अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.

-अर्ह a.

1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.

-2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (

-र्हम्) white sandal-wood.

-अवरोहः the fig-tree.

-अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.

- अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.

-अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.

-अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......

-असिः a large sword.

-असुरी N. of Durgā.

-अह्नः the afternoon.

-आकार a. extensive, large, great.

-आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (

-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.

-आत्मन् a.

1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.

-3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)

1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.

-2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).

-आनकः a kind of large drum.

-आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.

-2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.

(-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.

-आपगा a great river.

-आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.

-आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (

-म्भः) any great enterprize.

-आलयः 1 a temple in general.

-2 a sanctuary, an asylum.

-3 a great dwelling.

-4 a place of pilgrimage.

-5 the world of Brahman.

-6 the Supreme Spirit.

-7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.

-8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.

-9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (

-या) N. of a particular deity.

- आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.

(-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.

-2 the ocean.

-आस्पद a.

1 occupying a great position.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.

-इच्छ a.

1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.

-2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.

-इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.

-2 a chief or leader in general.

-3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.

-इभ्य a. very rich.

-इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.

-इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.

-ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.

-ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.

-ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).

-5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.

(-री) 1 N. of Durgā.

-2 a kind of bell-metal.

-उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.

-उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (

-लः) the Sārasa bird.

-उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.

-2 the god of love.

-उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.

(-हः) 1 perseverance.

-2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.

-उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.

-2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.

- उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.

(-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.

-2 final beatitude.

-3 a lord, master.

-4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.

-5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.

-6 sour milk mixed with honey.

-7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).

- उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.

-(रम्) 1 a big belly.

-2 dropsy.

-उदार a.

1 very generous or magnanimous.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.

-उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.

-उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).

-उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (

-तः) the palmyra tree.

-उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.

-उपकारः a great obligation.

-उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.

-उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.

-उरस्क a. broad-chested. (

-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.

-उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.

-उल्का 1 a great meteor.

-2 a great fire-brand.

-ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.

-ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.

-ऋषभः a great bull.

-ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').

-2 N. of Sacute;iva.

-3 of Buddha.

-ओघ a. having a strong current.

-घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.

-ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (

-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.

-ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.

-ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (

-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).

-ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).

-ओषधिः f.

1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.

-2 the Dūrvā grass.

-3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....

-औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.

-2 ginger.

-3 garlic.

-4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).

-कच्छः 1 the sea.

-2 N. of Varuṇa.

-3 a mountain.

-कन्दः garlic.

-कपर्दः a kind of shell.

-कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.

-2 red garlic.

-कम्बु a. stark naked. (

-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-कर a.

1 large-handed.

-2 having a large revenue.

-कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.

-कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.

-कला the night of the new moon.

-कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.

-कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.

-2 an epithet of Śukra.

-कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).

-कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (

-ता) the earth.

-काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.

(-यः) 1 an elephant.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).

-कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.

-कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.

-कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.

-2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-4 N. of a kind of gourd.

-5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.

-काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.

-काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).

-कीर्तनम् a house.

-कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.

-कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (

-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.

-कुहः a species of parasitical worm.

-कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.

-केतुः N. of Śiva.

-केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a large sheath.

-क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.

-क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.

-क्षत्रपः a great satrap.

-क्षीरः sugar-cane.

-क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.

-खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).

-गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.

-गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.

-गदः fever.

-गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (

-न्धः) a kind of cane. (

-न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (

-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.

-गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.

-गल a. longnecked.

-गवः Bos gavaeus.

-गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (

-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.

-गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).

-गुल्मा the Soma plant.

-गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.

-ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.

-2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.

-ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.

-ग्रीवः 1 a camel.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-ग्रीविन् m. a camel.

-घूर्णा spirituous liquor.

-घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).

-घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (

-षम्) a market, fair. (

-षः) a loud noise, clamour.

-चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.

-चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.

-चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-चपला a kind of metre.

-चमूः f. a large army.

-छायः the fig-tree.

-जङ्घः a camel.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा 1 a great braid of hair.

-2 the matted hair of Śiva.

-जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (

-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.

-2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.

-3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.

-4 the chief of a caste or trade.

-5 a merchant, tradesman.

-जवः an antelope.

-जातीय a.

1 rather large.

-2 of an excellent kind.

-जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)

-जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्ञानिन् m.

1 a very learned man.

-2 a great sage.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.

-ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्वरः great affliction.

-ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a sacrificial fire.

-डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).

-तपस् m.

1 a great ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.

-तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.

-तिक्तः the Nimba tree.

-तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.

-तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (

-क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.

-तेजस् a.

1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.

-2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)

1 a hero, warrior.

-2 fire.

-3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.

-त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.

-दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.

-दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-दण्डः 1 a long arm.

-2 a severe punishment.

-दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.

-दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.

-दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.

-दारु n. the devadāru tree.

-दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.

-दूषकः a kind of grain.

-देवः N. of Śiva.

(-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.

-2 the chief queen.

-द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.

-द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.

-धन a.

1 rich.

-2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.

(-नम्) 1 gold.

-2 incense.

-3 a costly or rich dress.

-4 agriculture, husbandry.

-5 anything costly or precious.

-6 great booty.

-7 a great battle (Ved.).

-धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-धातुः 1 gold.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 lymph.

-4 N. of Meru.

-धी a. having a great understanding.

-धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.

-ध्वजः a camel.

-ध्वनिक a. dead.

-नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.

-नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.

-नदः a great river.

-नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.

-2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.

-नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 N. of a river.

-3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....

-नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.

-नलः a kind of reed.

-नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.

-नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥

-नाडी sinew, tendon.

-नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.

-2 a great drum.

-3 a thunder-cloud.

-4 a shell.

-5 an elephant.

-6 a lion.

-7 the ear.

-8 a camel.

-9 an epithet of Śiva. (

-दम्) a musical instrument.

-नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.

-2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.

-नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.

-2 a great head or chief.

-नासः an epithet of Śiva.

-निद्र a. fast asleep. (

-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.

-निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.

-नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).

-निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-नीचः a washerman.

-नील a. dark-blue. (

-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.

-नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.

-नेमिः a crow.

-न्यायः the chief rule.

-पक्ष a.

1 having many adherents.

-2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.

(-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-2 a kind of duck. (

-क्षी) an owl.

-पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.

-पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥

-पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥

-पटः the skin.

-पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.

-2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.

-3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.

-4 an epithet of Śiva.

-5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.

-6 the way to heaven.

-7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.

-पथिक a.

1 undertaking great journeys.

-2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)

-पद्मः 1 a particular high number.

-2 N. of Nārada.

-3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.

-4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.

-5 an epithet of Nanda.

-6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.

(-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.

-2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.

-पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.

-पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.

-पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.

-पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.

-पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.

-2 any great sin or transgression.

-पात्रः a prime minister.

-पादः an epithet of Śiva.

-पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.

-पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.

-पुंसः a great man.

-पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.

-2 the Supreme Spirit.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.

-पुष्पः a kind of worm.

-पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.

-पृष्ठः a camel.

-पोटगलः a kind of large reed.

-प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.

-प्रपञ्चः the great universe.

-प्रभ a. of great lustre. (

-भः) the light of a lamp.

-प्रभुः 1 a great lord.

-2 a king, sovereign.

-3 a chief.

-4 an epithet of Indra.

-5 of Śiva

-6 of Viṣṇu.

-7 a great saint or holy man.

-प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.

-प्रश्नः a knotty question.

-प्रसादः 1 a great favour.

-2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः

-प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.

-2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.

-प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.

-2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.

-3 a raven.

-प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.

-प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.

-प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.

-फल a.

1 bearing much fruit.

-2 bringing much reward.

(-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.

-2 a kind of spear.

(-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.

-2 a testicle.

-फेना the cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.

-बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.

-बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām

(-लः) 1 wind, storm.

-2 a Buddha.

-3 a solid bamboo.

-4 a palm.

-5 a crocodile.

-बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (

-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.

-बाध a. causing great pain or damage.

-बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (

-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.

-2 the heart.

-3 a water-jar, pitcher.

-4 a hole, cave.

-बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.

-बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.

-बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.

-बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).

-बुशः barley.

-बृहती a kind of metre.

-बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.

-2 a Buddha.

-ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.

-ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.

-2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.

-भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.

-भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.

-भाग a.

1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.

-3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.

-भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.

-2 great excel- lence or merit.

-भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (

-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.

-भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.

-भाण्डम् a chief treasury.

-भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते

-भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.

-2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.

-भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.

-भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).

-भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.

-भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.

-भुज a. long-armed, powerful.

-भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.

(-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 a great creature.

-भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.

-2 a great coil or hood; great winding.

-3 a serpent. (

-गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.

-मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-मति a.

1 high-minded.

-2 clever. (

-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.

-मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.

-मद a. greatly intoxicated. (

-दः) an elephant in rut.

-मनस्, -मनस्क a.

1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.

-2 liberal.

-3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.

-मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.

-2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.

-मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.

-मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.

-मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.

-महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.

-महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).

-महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.

-2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.

-मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).

-माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.

-मात्र a.

1 great in measure, very great or large.

-2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.

(-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.

-2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.

-3 a superintendent of elephants.

(-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.

-2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.

-मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.

-मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.

-मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.

-2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.

-मायूरम् a particular drug. (

-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.

-मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.

-मालः N. of Śiva.

-माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.

-मुखः a crocodile.

-मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).

-मुनिः 1 a great sage.

-2 N. of Vyāsa.

-3 an epithet of Buddha.

-4 of Agastya.

-5 the coriander plant. (

-नि n.)

1 coriander seed.

-2 any medicinal herb or drug.

-मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मूलम् a large radish. (

-लः) a kind of onion.

-मूल्य a. very costly. (

-ल्यः) a ruby.

-मृगः 1 any large animal.

-2 an elephant,

-3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.

-मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.

-मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.

-मृधम् a great battle.

-मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.

-मेधा an epithet of Durgā.

-मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (

-हा) an epithet of Durgā.

-यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.

-यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.

-यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.

-यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).

-याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.

-युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.

-योगिन् m.

1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-3 a cock.

-योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.

-रक्तम् coral.

-रङ्गः a large stage.

-रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.

-2 the thorn-apple.

-रजनम् 1 safflower.

-2 gold.

-3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.

-रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.

-रथः 1 a great chariot.

-2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).

-3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.

-रवः a frog.

-रस a. very savoury.

(-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.

-2 quicksilver.

-3 a precious mineral.

-4 the fruit of the date tree.

-5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (

-सम्) sour ricewater.

-राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.

-2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.

-3 a deified Jaina teacher.

-4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.

-राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.

-राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).

-राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.

-राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.

-2 N. of Durgā.

-रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.

-रात्रिः, -त्री f.

1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.

-2 midnight.

-3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.

-राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.

-2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (

-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.

-रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.

-रुज्, -ज a. very painful.

-रुद्रः a form of Śiva.

-रुरुः a species of antelope.

-रूप a. mighty in form.

(-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 resin.

-रूपकम् a kind of drama.

-रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).

-रौद्र a. very dreadful. (

-द्री) an epithet of Durgā.

-रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.

-लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.

-2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.

-लयः 1 a great world destruction.

-2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).

-लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (

-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.

-लोलः a crow.

-लोहम् a magnet.

-वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).

-वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.

-वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.

-वरा Dūrvā grass.

-वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.

-वर्तनम् high wages;

-वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.

-2 a large creeping plant.

-वसः the porpoise.

-वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.

-2 any continuous composition or literary work.

-3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.

-4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.

-वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.

-वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.

-वायुः 1 air (as an element).

-2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.

-वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.

-विडम् a kind of factitious salt.

-विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.

-विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥

-विपुला a kind of metre.

-विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.

-विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.

-विषः a serpent having two mouths.

-विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).

-विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.

-वीचिः N. of a hell.

-वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.

-2 a lion.

-3 the thunderbolt of Indra.

-4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-5 of Garuḍa.

-6 of Hanumat.

-7 a cuckoo.

-8 a white horse.

-9 a sacrificial fire.

-1 a sacrificial vessel.

-11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.

-वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.

(-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.

-2 the Supreme Being. (

-र्या) the wild cotton shrub.

-2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.

-वृषः a great bull.

-वेग a.

1 very swift or fleet.

(-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.

-2 an ape.

-3 the bird Garuḍa.

-वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).

-वेल a. billowy.

-व्याधिः f.

1 a great disease.

-2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).

-व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.

-व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.

(-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).

-2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.

-व्रतिन् m.

1 a devotee, an ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Kārtikeya.

-शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.

-शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.

-2 the temporal bone, forehead.

-3 a human bone.

-4 a particular high number.

-5 one of Kubera's treasures.

-शठः a kind of thorn-apple.

-शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.

-शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.

-शालः a great householder.

-शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.

-शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.

-शासन a.

1 exercising great power.

-2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.

(-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.

-2 great order of government.

-शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.

-शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,

-शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.

-शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-शुभ्रम् silver.

-शूद्रः (-द्री f.)

1 a Sūdra in a high position.

-2 a cowherd.

-3 an upper servant. (

-द्री) a female cow-keeper. (

-द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.

-शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.

-शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.

-2 the शरभ animal.

-श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.

-श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).

-श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.

-2 a Jain monk.

-श्लक्ष्णा sand.

-श्वासः a kind of asthma.

-श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-2 of Durgā.

-3 white sugar.

-संहिता great combi- nation.

-संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.

-सती a very chaste woman.

-सत्ता absolute existence.

-सत्यः an epithet of Yama.

-सत्त्व a.

1 noble.

-2 very strong or powerful.

-3 just, righteous.

(-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.

-2 N. of Sākyamuni.

-3 an epithet of Kubera.

-संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.

-सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.

-सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.

-समुद्रः the great ocean.

-सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).

-सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.

-साधनभागः a great executive officer.

-सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.

-सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.

-सामन्तः a great vassal.

-सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.

-सारः a kind of Khadira tree.

-सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.

-साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.

-साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.

-सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.

-सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.

-सुखम् 1 great pleasure.

-2 copulation. (

-खः) a Buddha.

-सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.

-सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.

-सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-सुभिक्षम् good times.

-सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.

-सूक्ष्मा sand.

-सूतः a mili- tary drum.

-सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.

-2 the commander of a large army. (

-ना) a great army.

-स्कन्धः a camel.

-स्थली the earth.

-स्थानम् a great position.

-स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.

-स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.

-स्रोतस् n. the bowels.

-स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वनः a kind of drum.

-हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-हविस् n. clarified butter.

-हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.

-हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.

-हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.

-ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

См. также в других словарях:

The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Pope —     The Pope     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Pope     (Ecclesiastical Latin papa from Greek papas, a variant of pappas father, in classical Latin pappas Juvenal, Satires 6:633).     The title pope, once used with far greater latitude (see below … Catholic encyclopedia

The New York Times crossword puzzle — is a daily puzzle found in The New York Times and online at the paper s website. It is also syndicated to more than 300 other newspapers and journals.[1] The puzzle is created by various freelance constructors and is edited by Will Shortz. The… … Wikipedia

The Art of Fiction — The Art of Fiction: A Guide for Writers and Readers is a nonfiction book by Ayn Rand, published posthumously. Edited by Tore Boeckmann, it was published by Plume in 2000, ISBN 0452281547. The book is based on a 1958 series of 12 four hour… … Wikipedia

The Numbers Gang — In Pollsmoor Prison, Cape Town Years active 1911–present Territory All prisons in South Africa Ethnicity Primarily Cape Coloureds and Black Africans Criminal activities Extortion, Rape, Inmate Prostitution, Murder … Wikipedia

The Young and the Restless minor characters — The following are characters from the American soap opera The Young and the Restless who are notable for their actions or relationships, but who do not warrant their own articles. Contents 1 Current Characters 1.1 Genevieve … Wikipedia

The Seal of Confession —     The Law of the Seal of Confession     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession     In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Incarnation —     The Incarnation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation     I. The Fact of the Incarnation     (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ     A. Old Testament Proofs     B. New Testament Proofs     C. Witness of Tradition     (2) The Human… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Gallican Rite —     The Gallican Rite     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite     This subject will be treated under the following six heads:     I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Satanic Verses controversy — refers to the controversy surrounding Salman Rushdie s novel The Satanic Verses . In particular it involves the novel s alleged blasphemy or unbelief; the 1989 fatwa issued by Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini ordering Muslims to kill Rushdie; and the… … Wikipedia

The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist —     The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     In this article we shall consider:     ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma;     ♦ the … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the+position+of+a+word+in+a+sentence

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the+position+of+a+word+in+a+sentence

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: